• Author / Uploaded
• Анна Завьялова

• Categories
• Conmutador de red
• Protocolo de transferencia de archivos
• Puerto (redes de computadoras)
• Red de computadoras
• Yo Pv6

Citation preview

H12-211.exam.125q Number: H12-211 Passing Score: 800 Time Limit: 120 min

https://www.gratisexam.com/ H12-211

Huawei Certified Network Associate- Huawei Networking Technology and Device

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Exam A QUESTION 1 The network administrator wants to improve the performance of network transmission, what steps can the administrator take? (Choose two)

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

Change the work mode to full duplex of each end station. Link the end stations together using a switch. Change the work mode to half duplex of each end station. Link the end stations together using a hub.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 On Huawei switch, which of the following commands can be used to set port duplex mode as "auto negotiation"? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

duplex negotiation auto duplex auto-negotiation duplex auto undo duplex

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3

https://www.gratisexam.com/

The network administrator wishes to transmit data between two end stations. The network interface cards of both devices operates at 100Mbps however one supports half duplex while the other uses full duplex mode. What will occur as a result? A. B. C. D.

The end stations cannot communicate. The end stations can communicate, but data may be lost during transmission of large amounts of traffic. The end stations will operate normally The end stations can communicate, but speed is different during transmission of large amounts of traffic.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 An Ethernet port can work one of three duplex modes, whereas an Optical Ethernet port only supports one single mode. Which of the following represents this mode? A. B. C. D.

Full-duplex Half-duplex Auto-negotiation Simplex

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 While inspecting packets in the network, a network administrator discovers a frame with the destination MAC address of 01-00-5E-A0-B1-C3. What can the administrator determine from this?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The MAC address is a unicast address. The MAC address is a broadcast address The MAC address is a multicast address. The MAC address is incorrect.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 According to OSI reference model, which layer is responsible for end to end error checking and flow control? A. B. C. D.

Physical layer Data link layer Network layer Transport layer

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 Which of the following mechanisms are used for flow control? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Acknowledgement Buffering Source quench messages Windowing

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 8

Refer to the capture output. The administrator has captured three packets in the network. Which statement regarding the captured packets is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

This packets represent a TCP three-way handshake process. 10.0.12.1 is the telnet server, while 10.0.12.2 is the telnet client. The three packets contain no application data. 10.0.12.1 uses port 50190 to buid the telnet connection.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 An Ethernet frame is captured by network protocol analyzer tool and the value of Type/Length field is 0x0800. Which of the following statements about the frame are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The frame structure of the frame is Ethernet_II The frame structure of the frame is 802.3 Its upper layer protocol is IP Its upper layer protocol is IPX

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10 Which of the following descriptions regarding the TTL field of the IP packet is correct? A. B. C. D.

The TTL defines how many packets the source can send. The TTL defines the duration during which the source can send packets. The TTL value will decrement by 1 each time the packet is routed. The TTL value will increment by 1 each time the packet is routed.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11 Which of the following statements are correct about TTL field in IP packet? (Choose two)



https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

The maximum value of TTL is 65535. Normally, it's impossible for a router to receive a packet whose TTL is zero. The main purpose of TTL is to prevent IP packets from circulating endlessly in a network which can consume a lot of bandwidth. TTL value will be decremented as a packet is passed through the network devices such as hub, LAN switch and router.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12 In the case of Huawei router, what is the "-i" parameter in a Ping command issued on a VRP operating system used to set? A. B. C. D.

Interface for sending an Echo Request packet Source IP address for sending an Echo Request packet Interface for receiving an Echo Reply packet Destination IP address for receiving an Echo Reply packet

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 13 To provide the information about the IP addresses that a user packet traverses along the path to the destination, which of the following does Tracert record in each expired ICMP TTL packet? A. B. C. D.

Destination port Source port Destination address Source address

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 14

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A network administrator recently used tracert to trace the path to the destination IP address of an external website, however the trace path displayed only a timeout result. Which of the following statements correctly explains the reason for this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The source router had shutdown the ICMP function. This destination IP address does not exist. The gateway cannot find a route to the destination. This is a normal phenomenon.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 15

A network administrator uses the ping command to test connectivity to the destination 10.0.0.2 on a Huawei AR series router. Which statement regarding the output is correct? A. B. C. D.

The network administrator used the command ping -c 2 -s 800 10.0.0.2 The network administrator used the command ping -a 2 -v 800 10.0.0.2 The path between the source and destination is not OK. The network administrator changed the default TTL value.

Correct Answer: A

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 16 Which of the following statements explains the behavior of the ICMP redirect function? (Choose two) A. When a router receives data on the interface via which the same data needs to be forwarded, and the source is on the same segment as the next hop, an ICMP redirect message will be sent by the router to the source. B. When a router receives data on an interface, and the router’s IP address matches the destination IP of the data, an ICMP redirect message will be sent by the router to the source. C. When a router receives data on the interface via which the same data needs to be forwarded, and the source is on the same segment as the next hop, an ICMP Redirect message will be sent by the source to the router. D. When a router receives data on the interface via which the same data needs to be forwarded, and the source is on a different segment from the next hop, an ICMP redirect message will be sent by the router to the source Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 17 Host A wishes to send data to host C, and generates an ARP request to obtain the destination MAC address. Which statement is true? A. B. C. D.

The destination IP address of the ARP request is Host C. The destination MAC address of this ARP request is Host C. The destination IP address for the ARP request is a broadcast IP address. The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of G0/0/0 on RTA.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 18 An ARP request is sent by host A to obtain the destination MAC address of host D. Which statement is true about regarding the ARP reply? A. B. C. D.

The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of Switch A. The destination IP address of this packet is the VLANIF1 IP address of Switch A. The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of Host A. The destination IP address of this packet is a broadcast IP address.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 19 Which of the following statements about gratuitous ARP packets are true? (Choose two) A. A system can determine whether conflicting IP addresses are used by sending a gratuitous ARP packet B. A gratuitous ARP packet uses the same format as an ARP request packet.

https://www.gratisexam.com/ C. A gratuitous ARP packet can help to update an IP address. D. A gratuitous ARP packet uses the same format as an ARP reply packet. Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 20 UDP is connectionless oriented, which of the following must be used in order to ensure reliability? A. B. C. D.

Internet Protocol Application Layer Protocol Network Layer Protocol Transmission Control Protocol

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 21 The administrator has configured an IP address for Host A and Host B, but had forgotten to configure a default gateway. What effect will this have on the hosts? A. B. C. D.

Neither host will be affected, and therefore will be able to communicate with the peer. Host A will be unable to connect to the router’s G0/0/0 interface. Hosts will be unable to communicate unless arp-proxy is enabled on the router. The host will be unable to reach neither the local nor remote network destinations.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 22 A host has established a telnet connection with the router attached to interface G0/0/0. Which of the following statements are correct? (Choose two)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The destination address of a frame sent by the host will be the MAC address of the router interface. The destination address of a frame will be the MAC address of the switch interface. The destination port number in a segment header will have a value of 80. The destination IP address of a packet will be the IP address of the network interface of the router.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 23 The administrator uses the ping command on the host to test connectivity to the website www.huawei.com. The command line shows a request time out. The administrator displays the ARP entries for the host. Which entry will be found in the ARP cache table of the host? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address of the destination www.huawei.com will exist in the ARP cache. The MAC address of the switch will exist in the ARP cache. The IP address of the destination www.huawei.com will exist in the ARP cache. The MAC address of router interface G0/0/0, will exist in the ARP cache.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 24 When R2 forwards data to R3 from R1, which of the following items will change? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The source MAC address The destination MAC address The source IP address The destination IP address

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 25 If Host B also configured the IP address as “192.168.1.1/24”, an IP address config will occur. What will happen as a result? A. B. C. D.

Host B will send an ICMP request to the destination with the configured IP address. If a reply is received, the host will notify of an address conflict. Host A will send a gratuitous ARP request to resolve the MAC address of the destination 192.168.1.1, for which Host B will reply. Host B will send a gratuitous ARP request to resolve the MAC address of the destination 192.168.1.1, for which Host A will reply. Host A will ignore any received ARP request intended for destination 192.168.1.1.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 26

Refer to the graphic. A switch attempts to forward a frame to the MAC destination 5489-98ec-f01. What operation will occur on the switch? A. The switch will send a request to obtain the MAC address of 5489-98ec-f011. B. The switch will report that the destination is unreachable and report this to the source.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. The switch will flood the frame via all ports, with exception of the port on which the frame was received. D. The switch will drop the frame because it does not have an entry in its MAC address table. Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 27 Host A has been connected to switch A and configured with an IP address. When Host A initially forwards a frame, what action will be taken by Switch A? A. B. C. D.

Switch A will drop this frame. Switch A will attempt to flood the frame to all ports except for the G0/0/1 interface. Switch A will forward the frame via ports G0/0/1, G0/0/2 and G0/0/3. Switch will receive this frame before returning the frame to G0/0/1.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 28 A server is linked to port interface G0/0/1 of a switch. The administrator wishes to allow only this server to be linked to this interface on the switch. Which method can be used to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

Configure a static ARP entry using the server’s IP address and MAC address in the switch. Configure a static MAC address binding entry of the server’s MAC address and the interface in the switch. Configure the default gateway of the switch to be the same as the server’s IP address. It is not possible to enable a single device to be associated with an interface.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 29 An administrator connects two switches together in a local enterprise network. The ports of one switch support Fast Ethernet, while the ports of the other switch support Gigabit Ethernet. Hosts connected to one switch are able to communicate, however communication between the two switches fails. What is the possible reason for this? A. The ports have disabled auto-negotiation.

https://www.gratisexam.com/ B. One port is supporting auto-negotiation, while auto-negotiation is disabled on the port of the other switch. C. The port of one switch is operating using half duplex mode, while the port of the other switch is using full duplex mode. D. A Fast Ethernet port cannot communicate directly with a Gigabit Ethernet port. Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 30 A layer 2 LAN switch generates CAM table entries according to the ( ) of the received frame. A. B. C. D.

Source MAC address Destination MAC address Source IP address Destination IP address

Correct Answer: A

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 31 Which of the following statements about collision domains and broadcast domains are correct? (Choose three) A. B. C. D. E.

Devices connected to the same hub form a collision domain Devices connected to the same hub form a broadcast domain Devices connected to the same bridge form a collision domain Devices connected to the same bridge form a broadcast domain Devices connected to the same router form a broadcast domain

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 32 Which of the following statements regarding layer-2 switch is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

The switch learns MAC addresses automatically. The layer-3 header is modified before the received packet is transmitted. The layer-2 header is modified before the received packet is transmitted. The layer-2 LAN switch operates at data link layer.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 33

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Refer to the display output. What can be determined based on the output of the display command? A. B. C. D.

Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is connected to a wrong cable Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is not associated with an IP address Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is not associated with a dynamically defined route. Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 has been manually shut down by an administrator.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 34 Which of the following statements regarding static and dynamic routing is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

The static route can be easily configured and managed on the enterprise network. The use of dynamic routing is more convenient for the administrator to manage the network following network convergence. The static route can automatically recover when a link failure is encountered. Dynamic routing will use more resources than static routes.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 35 Which of the following are routed protocols? (Choose two) A. IP B. OSPF

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. BGP D. IPX Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 36 Which of the following statements regarding the routing table are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The next hop in the routing table is redundant because the outgoing interface can be used for packet forwarding. The routes from generated by different protocols have different preferences. The metrics of different routing protocols are comparable. The metrics of different routing protocols are not comparable

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 37 Which of the following commands can be used to display the routing table on a Quidway router? A. B. C. D.

display ip path display ip routing-table display interface display current-configuration

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 38 Which of the following entries is not included in the routing table? A. B. C. D.

source address next hop destination address cost

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 39 Which of the following problems are caused by routing loops? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Slow convergence Packets circulate between routers Router restarting Inconsistency of routing information

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 40 An administrator wishes to manage the router in the remote branch office, which method can be used? A. B. C. D.

Telnet FTP Console Connection DHCP

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 41 The administrator cannot use telnet to manage the AR2200. The administrator is able to verify connectivity to the router and has been informed that other administrators have no difficulties using telnet. Which statements describe the possible reasons for this problem? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The user’s status has been blocked The user’s privilege level has been changed to 0. The user has been deleted. The telnet service in the AR2200 router has been disabled.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 42 A user logged into a VRP supported device through telnet, but when attempting to configure the device, found that he is unable to use the system-view command to enter the system-view. What are the possible reasons for this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The device’s VTY interface only provides permission for some telnet users to run the system-view command. The user’s telnet software restricts use of this command. The user’s privilege level is lower than the level associated with the system-view command. The system-view command privilege level is lower than the level associated with the user.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 43 The users who log on the router through Telnet are not permitted to configure IP address. What is the possible reason? A. B. C. D.

Communication failures occur between the user and the router. The authentication mode of Telnet is set incorrectly. Privilege level of Telnet is set incorrectly. SNMP parameters are set incorrectly.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 44 Which of the following statements are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

A single collision domain exists between RTA and SWC. A single broadcast domain exists between SWA and SWB. A single collision domain exists between SWA and SWC. A single broadcast domain exists between SWA and SWC.

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 45 On the interface serial 1/0/1 of RTA, the command “ip address unnumbered interface loopback 0” has been configured. Which following statements are correct? (Choose two).

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The IP address of interface serial 1/0/1 is 10.1.1.1/24 The IP address of interface serial 1/0/1 is 10.1.1.1/32 The route entry 10.1.1.0/24 exists in RTA’s routing-table The route entry 10.1.1.0/24 does not exist in RTA’s routing-table

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 46 Refer to the graphic. The host has a problem establishing a telnet connection with the router attached to interface G0/0/0. Which of the following steps can be used to help the administrator identify the problem? (Choose two)

A. B. C. D.

Check whether the host has configured the gateway IP address. Check whether the switch has configured the gateway IP address. Use the ping tool to check connectivity between host and router. Check the telnet server configuration is right on the router.

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 47 Which of the following methods are supported by VRP platform to configure the router? (Choose three) A. Through the Console port

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. Through Telnet C. Through the AUX port D. Through FTP Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 48 The administrator wishes to update the configuration file of an AR2200 router using a USB cable. How can this be achieved? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The administrator should connect the USB cable between the terminal and the mini USB port of the AR2200 router. The administrator should connect the USB cable between the terminal and the USB port of the AR2200 router. The AR2200 router cannot support configuration updates through a USB cable. The administrator should install the mini USB drivers on the terminal after connecting the USB.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 49 The administrator wishes to manage a network through telnet from a user's terminal to a router. How can this be achieved? A. A connection should be established between the ethernet port of the terminal and the console port of the router. B. A connection should be established between the ethernet port of the terminal and the ethernet port of the router. C. A connection should be established between the console port of the terminal and the ethernet port of the router.use console cable connect pc’s ethernet port and router’s console port. D. A connection should be established between the COM port of the terminal and the console port of the router.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 50 Whilst configuring a device, an administrator experiences trouble remembering certain commands. Which of the following will help support the administrator? (Choose two) A. TAB

https://www.gratisexam.com/ B. question mark C. ctrl+b D. ctrl+c Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 51

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Refer to the configuration output. The administrator configured the device using the commands in the configuration output. Regarding these commands, which statement is false? A. B. C. D.

The administrator wishes to enable management through the console interface. Following configuration, the administrator cannot manage the device remotely. A user that logs-in through the console interface is assigned the highest privilege level. The password of a user logged in through console is ‘cipher huawei2012’.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 52 Which of the following is abbreviation of VRP? A. B. C. D.

Versatile Routine Platform Virtual Routing Platform Virtual Routing Plane Versatile Routing Platform

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 53 system-view [Huawei]command-privilege level 3 view user save Refer to the command output. What is the result of the shown command? A. The command adjusts the save command of a user to privilege level 3. B. The command adjusts the save command in the user view to privilege level 3.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. The command adjusts the user view command privilege level to 3, and saves the configuration. D. The command adjusts the privilege level of a user to 3, and saves the configuration. Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 54 system-view [Huawei]history-command max-size 20 Refer to the command output. Which statements regarding the shown command are true? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The command is used to adjust the size of the history command buffer. The default value of the history command buffer is 5. The command should be configured in the user-interface view. Once configured, commands totaling up to 20 bytes can be saved in the buffer.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 55 An AR2200 router is required to be reconfigured from scratch. Which steps are needed to achieve this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

Reset the saved configuration. Clear the current configuration. Reboot the AR2200. Assign the configuration file to be used at next startup.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 56 An administrator has been requested to replace the configuration file of a router in the network. The administrator has been instructed that after logging into the router, he must first permanently erase the current configuration file config.zip from the system. Which command should he use to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

delete /force config.zip delete /unreserved config.zip reset config.zip clear config.zip

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 57 Which of the following commands can switch a view from the system view to the user view? A. B. C. D.

System-view Router Quit User-view

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 58 Which of the following storage devices are supported by Huawei router? (Select four)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D. E.

SDRAM NVRAM Flash Hard Disk CF Card

Correct Answer: ABCE Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 59 Which of the following storage devices is used to store the startup configuration files in a router?

A. B. C. D.

SDRAM NVRAM Flash BootROM

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 60 reset saved-configuration Warning: The action will delete the saved configuration in the device. The configuration will be erased to reconfigure. Continue? [Y/N]:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Refer to the configuration output. Which of the following statements are true? (Select two answers) A. B. C. D.

A user should enter ‘Y’ when wishing to clear the saved configuration file. The saved-configuration file that the device starts with can be erased. The saved-configuration will be deleted after typing N The saved-configuration file will be replaced with the current-configuration.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 61 When a router is powered on, the router reads the configuration file saved in the default save directory to get itself initialized. If the configuration file does not exist in the default save directory, what does the router use to initialize itself? A. B. C. D.

New configuration file Initial configuration file Default parameters Current configuration file

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 62

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Refer to the display output. Which statement is false? A. B. C. D.

The current configuration file has not been saved. The current startup system software is ar2220-v200r003c00spc200.cc The next startup system software cannot be changed. The next startup system software can be changed by using the “startup system software .cc” command.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 63 An AR2200 router in the company network cannot boot. In order to resolve this, the administrator wishes to update the VRP software. What should he/she do? A. The administrator should use a console cable to connect the router and host, and directly upgrade the device. B. The administrator should use FTP to transfer the VRP software, by configuring the AR2200 router as an FTP client. C. The administrator should use DHCP to boot the AR2200, and then use the AR2200 router as a TFTP client to download the VRP software from the server.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

D. The administrator should use the telnet command on the client to remote access the device, and upgrade the VRP software. Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 64

Warning: Auto-Config is working. Before configuring the device, stop Auto-Config. If you perform configurations when Auto-Config is running, the DHCP, routing, DNS, and VTY configurations will be lost. Do you want to stop Auto-Config? [y/n]: Refer to the output. When the administrator first starts the router, a system notice is displayed, however after rebooting this router, the notice disappeared. What is the reason for this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

This notice only appears during the very first device startup. The administrator has configured the device and saved the configuration, causing the notice to disappear. The administrator selected ‘n’ and did not save the configuration. The administrator selected ‘y’ and saved the configuration.

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 65 Which of the following commands can be used to display mapping relationship between network address and DLCI? A. B. C. D.

display fr interface display fr display fr map-info display fr brief

Correct Answer: C

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 66 Which of following may be the reasons that cause Frame Relay PVC to work abnormally? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Same DLCI number is configured on the same router LMI type mismatch Frame Relay encapsulation type mismatch Incorrect configuration of the DLCI number

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 67 An administrator wishes to update the VRP software of company’s AR2200 router. How can this be achieved? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

The administrator can use FTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the FTP client. The administrator can use FTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the FTP server. The administrator can use TFTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the TFTP server. The administrator can use TFTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the TFTP client.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 68 An administrator wishes to implement new features in the network, but the VRP version of one AR2200 router is out of date. The administrator needs to upgrade the VRP software.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Which of the following options regarding file transfer is false? A. B. C. D.

The AR2200 router can function as a TFTP client to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as the TFTP server to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as the FTP server to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as an FTP client to support the upgrade.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 69 FTP and TFTP can be used to update the system file on Huawei routers. Which of the following statements are correct? (Choose three)

A. B. C. D.

Huawei router can be configured as FTP Client Huawei router can be configured as FTP Server Huawei router can be configured as TFTP Client Huawei router can be configured as TFTP Server

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 70 An administrator discovered he/she was unable to use TFTP to transfer files to the router.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Which of the following describes the likely reason for this? A. B. C. D.

The TFTP service had been disabled on the router. TCP port 69 of the server had been blocked. UDP port 69 of the server had been blocked. The username and password had been modified.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 71 FTP may be used to upgrade a router's VRP image. Which of the following transmission modes should be used to achieve this?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

binary mode ASCII mode byte mode letter mode

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 72 A client failed to transfer a file to the FTP server, but found the IP connectivity was without problem. The client assumed that the problem was with the port

https://www.gratisexam.com/

configuration. The blocking of which ports would likely cause this problem? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

21 80 20 50649

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 73 When using VRP, which of the following commands is used to configure the data link layer encapsulation type of a serial interface as HDLC? A. B. C. D.

encapsulation hdlc link-protocol hdlc hdlc enable link-protocol ppp

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 74 If AH and ESP are both required to protect data streams between IPsec peers, how many Security Associations (SA) are required in total? A. B. C. D.

1 2 3 4

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 75 Two routers establish an IPsec tunnel, which of the following does not need to be the same on both peering devices? A. B. C. D.

Encapsulation mode Transform mode Proposal name authentication algorithm

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 76 Which of the following formats represent an accurate condensing of the IPv6 address 2031:0000:720C:0000:0000:09E0:839A:130B? (Choose two). A. B. C. D.

2031:0:720C:0:0:9E0:839A:130B 2031:0:720C:0:0:9E:839A:130B 2031::720C::9E0:839A:130B 2031:0:720C::9E0:839A:130B

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 77 Which of the following IPv6 addresses can be configured on a router’s interface? (Choose two).

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

fe80:13dc::1/64 ff00:8a3c::9b/64 ::1/128 2001:12e3:1b02::21/64

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 78 The IPv6 address achitecture does not include which of the following address types? A. B. C. D.

unicast multicast broadcast anycast

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 79 Which of the following descriptions regarding IPv6 addresses are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

IPv6 addresses are 64 bits in length. IPv6 addresses are 128 bits in length. IPv6 extension headers are processed in order. IPv6 extension headers are processed randomly.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 80 Interface G0/0/1 on RTA contains a MAC address of 00e0-fc03-aa73 and is configured with the IPv6 address 2001::2E0:FCFF:FE03:AA73. Which method is most likely to have been used to configure the interface IPv6 address? A. B. C. D.

DHCPv6 Auto-link ARP EUI-64

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 81 In a small network supporting IPv6, a network administrator wishes implement RIPng. Which of the following commands should be used to enable this protocol? A. B. C. D.

[RTA-GigabitEthernet0/0/0]ripng 1 enable [RTA]ripng 1 enable ripng 1 enable [RTA-ripng-1]ripng 1 enable

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 82 In a network supporting IPv6, OSPF no longer supports which feature? https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

multiple areas Router-ID authentication multicast updates

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 83 The network administrator has decided to configure link aggregation in the enterprise network. Which of the following represent advantages of link aggregation? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Load balancing. Improved bandwidth. Enhanced reliability. Improved security.

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 84 In port aggregation, “multiple” ports are aggregated to form a port aggregation group so that all the member ports in the group share the outgoing/incoming load. At which layer is port aggregation implemented? A. B. C. D.

Physical Layer Data Link Layer Network Layer Transport Layer https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 85 What benefits does port aggregation yield? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Improves link bandwidth Implements load sharing Improves network reliability Facilitates data copy for analysis

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 86 What is the maximum number of member interfaces supported by a single Eth-Trunk? A. B. C. D.

6 8 10 12

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 87

https://www.gratisexam.com/

The Eth-Trunk frame forwarding mechanism used to prevent changes in the data sequence forwards frames based on which of the following parameters? A. B. C. D.

The same source or destination IP address. The same source or destination MAC address. The same protocol type. The same source or destination port number.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 88 In Layer 2 mode, the transmission rate of an Eth-Trunk interface is determined by which of the following? A. Maximum number of Up member links

https://www.gratisexam.com/ B. Minimum number of Up member links C. Number of Up member interfaces D. Number of interfaces. Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 89 The network administrator wishes to forward data over an Eth-trunk, however associated member interfaces operate at different rates. In terms of the resulting behavior, which of the following is true?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The two switches will not be able to communicate. The higher rate member interfaces may incur packet loss. The Eth-Trunk will work normally. The lower rate member interfaces may incur packet loss.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 90 The network administrator attempts to add interface G0/0/1 on Switch A to Eth-trunk 1, however the command fails. Which of the following may cause this? A. B. C. D.

The interface is operating in half-duplex mode. The interface has been shutdown. The interface is already associated with another Eth-trunk. The interface is an access port.

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 91 A network requires a solution to allow 50 private IP addresses to be translated, however only a single public address is available for use. Which translation method can be used to support this requirement? A. B. C. D.

Static NAT Dynamic NAT Easy-IP NAPT https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 92 NAPT allows for multiple internal addresses to be mapped to a single public address. How does NAT distinguish between the different private addresses when mapping to the same public address? A. B. C. D.

The source MAC address is used. The destination MAC address is used. The source port number is used. The destination port number is used.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 93 A web server in a private network is required to provide HTTP services to public users. The network administrator is required to configure NAT on RTA. Which configuration should be used? A. B. C. D.

[RTA-Serial1/0/1]nat server protocol tcp global 202.10.10.1 www inside 192.168.1.1 8080 [RTA-Serial0/0/1]nat server protocol tcp global 192.168.1.1 www inside 202.10.10.1 8080 [RTA-Gigabitethernet0/0/1]nat server protocol tcp global 202.10.10.1 www inside 192.168.1.1 8080 [RTA- Gigabitethernet0/0/1]nat server protocol tcp global 192.168.1.1 www inside 202.10.10.1 8080

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 94 The network administrator needs to configure static NAT on RTA, in order to allow Host A to communicate with Host C. Which command is correct? A. B. C. D.

[RTA-Serial1/0/1]nat outbound 200.1.1.10 [RTA-Serial1/0/1]nat static global 200.1.1.10 inside 192.168.1.0 [RTA-Serial1/0/1]nat static global 192.168.1.1 inside 200.1.1.10 [RTA-Serial1/0/1]nat static global 200.1.1.10 inside 192.168.1.1

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 95 [RTA-GigabitEthernet0/0/0]nat outbound 2000 address-group 1 Refer to the configuration output. What does the value “2000” refer to? A. B. C. D.

It represents the ACL number. It represents the NAT number. It represents the translated port number. It represents the number of bytes that can be translated before the address is returned to the public address pool.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 96 NAPT uses the same public address but different port numbers to translate private addresses.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Which statement regarding the port number is correct? A. B. C. D.

It is necessary to configure port number mapping manually. It is only necessary to configure the port number range. It is not necessary to configure port numbers. An access control list is needed to assign port numbers.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 97 A configured internal host of a private network wishes to access the internet. What must be configured on the enterprise network’s edge router in order to achieve this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

NAT EasyIP DHCP BGP Default route

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 98 Which of the following statements are correct about NAT? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

NAT is the abbreviation for "Network Address Translation". NAT is used for translation between private and public network addresss. When hosts inside a private network access the outside network, NAT is not required. NAT provides an effective way to solve the problem of insufficient IP addresses.

Correct Answer: ABD https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 99 Which of the following technologies can allow a host with IP address 10.0.0.1 to access the internet? A. B. C. D.

Static route Dynamic route Route import NAT

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 100 Which of the following items can be translated by NAPT? A. B. C. D.

MAC address + port number IP address + port number Only MAC address Only IP address

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 101 Which of the following statements about a designated port working in RIPv2 multicast mode are true? (Choose three)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The port receives only RIPv2 multicast packets. The port does not receive RIPv1 broadcast packets. The port does not receive RIPv2 broadcast packets. The port receives only RIPv1 multicast packets.

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 102 Which of the following statements regarding the router ID in OSPF are incorrect? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

The router IDs of OSPF routers in the same area must be the same, but can be different in different areas. The router ID must be the IP address of an OSPF router interface. The router ID must be configured manually. A router running OSPF must have a router ID for it to operate properly.

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 103 The administrator wishes to configure OSPF on a router in the network however the router has no loopback interface. Which value will be used as the router ID? A. B. C. D.

The lowest IP address of the router’s active interfaces. The highest IP address of the router’s active interfaces. The IP address of the management interface. The priority value of the router.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 104 An administrator of a company supporting a large enterprise network wishes to implement OSPF on the network as opposed to RIP. Which of the following points should the administrator use to support his reasoning for this change? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

OSPF has no hop count limitation. OSPF has a lower routing update overhead. OSPF has a simpler configuration. OSPF supports faster convergence.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 105 Which of the following statements regarding single area OSPF are correct? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

An IP address needs to be configured on a loopback interface of each router before configuring an OSPF area. The value of an area can be from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255. A single area can be configured using any supported area number. All of the links of the network need to be advertised in Area 0.

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 106 10.0.1.0/24 O_ASE 150 2 D 10.0.23.3 Serial2/0/0 Refer to the display output. Which of the following statements regarding route shown are true? (Choose two) https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The address 10.0.23.3 has been configured on the peer’s serial 2/0/0 interface. The route preference has been changed by the administrator. The metric for the route 10.0.1.0 indicates that two hops are needed. The route has been learned via the OSPF protocol.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 107 Which of the following statements regarding link-state database and routing-table of a “single” OSPF area are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The link-state databases that all routers build are identical. The link-state databases that all routers build are different. The routing-tables that all routers calculate are different. The routing-tables that all routers calculate are identical.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 108 Which of the following steps are necessary to configure OSPF on a Huawei router? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Configuration of a router ID Enabling of an OSPF process Specifying an OSPF area Configuration of the network segments within each area

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 109 An OSPF area is a collection of a group of routers and networks. OSPF defines that routers that have the same ( ) belong to the same OSPF area. A. B. C. D.

neighbors LSDB LSA adjacency

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 110 Which of the following statements about router IDs are true? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The routers contained in the same LSDB have the same router ID. Each router in an OSPF network must have a unique router ID. Two routers in different OSPF areas can have the same router ID. A router ID is expressed in a 32-bit dotted decimal format.

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 111 OSPF allows for “multiple” processes. By default, OSPF selects a process whose number is ( ). A. 0

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. 1 C. 10 D. 100 Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 112 In a network supporting IPv6, OSPF no longer supports which feature? A. multiple areas B. Router-ID C. authentication

https://www.gratisexam.com/ D. multicast updates Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 113 Two routers are configured with OSPFv3. OSPFv3 is enabled on all interfaces of each router. Which of the following is true in the event that the network administrator does not configure a Router-ID? A. The IP address of the loopback 0 interface will be used as the router ID.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. The IP address of the loopback 1 interface will be used as the router ID. C. The IP address of interface G0/0/0 will be used as the router ID. D. No router ID will be assigned to the router. Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 114

Refer to the graphic. Which of the following statements is correct when this router forwards the packet to the destination host 9.1.4.5? A. The router selects the first entry to match the destination address of the packet because the preference of OSPF is higher than the preference of RIP. B. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the cost of RIP is lower than that of OSPF. C. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the outgoing interface is an Ethernet interface. The forwarding speed of an Ethernet interface is faster than the forwarding speed of a serial interface D. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the router will match the most specific address. Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 115 According to the default value of route preference on the VRP platform, which of the following represent the correct sequence for direct route, static route, RIP and OSPF if they are listed from high preference to low preference? A. Direct, Static, RIP, OSPF

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. Direct, OSPF, Static, RIP C. Direct, OSPF, RIP, Static D. Direct, RIP, Static, OSPF Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 116 A router has learned two routes for the same network with the same prefix. One route has been learned via OSPF with a metric of 4882, while the other route has been learned via RIPv2 with a metric of 4. Which route (s) will be found in the routing table? A. B. C. D.

The RIPv2 route. The OSPF and RIPv2 routes. The OSPF route. Neither of these routes will be found in the routing table.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 117 Two routers are connected via serial interfaces, for which the link-protocol is PPP. The network administrator wishes to configure PPP authentication to improve security on this link. Which PPP authentication method provides a more secure solution? A. B. C. D.

CHAP PAP MD5 SSH

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 118 If PPP authentication fails, which type of packet will be sent to the authenticated peer by the authenticator? A. B. C. D.

Authenticate-Ack Authenticate-Nak Authenticate-Reject Authenticate-Reply

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 119 Two routers are connected via serial interfaces and the link-protocol is PPP, but the MRU of two serial interfaces are different, in PPP LCP negotiated stage, what will happen? A. B. C. D.

LCP negotiation will fail Negotiation will use the smaller value Negotiation will use the larger value Negotiation will use 1500

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 120 PPP is more secure than HDLC because PPP supports authentication protocols such as ( ). (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

PAP MD5 CHAP SSH

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 121 A serial interface of a Huawei router currently using HDLC needs to assign PPP as the encapsulation protocol. Which of the following commands is required to be configured at the serial interface view? A. B. C. D.

link-protocol ppp encapsulation ppp enable ppp address ppp

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 122 When using VRP, which of the following commands is used to configure the PPP authentication method as PAP? A. B. C. D.

ppp pap ppp authentication-pap ppp authentication-mode pap ppp pap-authentication https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 123 When configuring the PPP authentication method as PAP, which of the following operations are necessary? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Add the user name and password of the authenticated party to the local user list. Configure the encapsulation type of the interface connected to the peer as PPP. Configure PPP authentication method as CHAP. On the authenticated party end, configure the user name and password that are sent to authenticator.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 124 In the PPP protocol, which of the following encryption algorithms is used by CHAP? A. B. C. D.

DES MD5 AES None

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 125

https://www.gratisexam.com/

What is the function of the “ip address ppp-negotiate” command? A. B. C. D.

Enables the function of requesting for an IP address from the peer device. Enables the function of accepting the request for an IP address from the remote device. Enables the function of statically allocating IP addresses to the peer. None of the above.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Realtests H12-211 Connor 233q Number: H12-211 Passing Score: 600 Time Limit: 120 min File Version: 12.5

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Exam Code:H12-211

AAA QUESTION 1 An administrator currently manages AR2200 devices in the network through a single password, however the company wishes to introduce another two administrators and provide unique user credentials and privilege levels for telnet access to the network devices. What action can be taken? (Three Anwsers) A. B. C. D.

Configure three users under the AAA-view, and assign each a different password. The authentication mode must be changed to AAA. Each administrator must be assigned a privilege level. A public IP address must be assigned to each user for telnet access

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 Which of the following authentication methods are supported for Telnet users? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

Password authentication AAA local authentication MD5 authentication No authentication

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 Which authentication modes does AAA support? (Three Answers).

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

None Local Radius 802.1X

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]domain huawei

[RTA-aaa-domain-huawei]authentication-scheme au1 [RTA-aaa-domain-huawei]authentication-scheme au2 Refer to the configuration output. RTA has been configured using AAA as shown, and associated with the “huawei” domain. For users in the huawei domain, which authentication-scheme will be used A. B. C. D.

au1 au2 au1 will be used. When au1 is deleted, users will use au2 au2 will be used. When au2 is deleted, users will use au1

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 A user accesses a server supporting AAA, for which the authorization mode on the AAA server has been configured using the command “authorization-mode hwtacacs if-authenticated”. Which of the following statements regarding this command are true? (Three Answers). A. B. C. D.

If the hwtacacs server fails to respond, the user will be authenticated using local authentication. If the hwtacacs server fails to respond, the user will be authenticated using remote authentication. If the hwtacacs server fails to respond, the user will bypass authentication. The hwtacacs server will authorize the user.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 Which of the following descriptions regarding eSight is not correct? A. B. C. D.

eSight is used to monitor and manage enterprise networks. eSight supports only Huawei devices eSight supports WLAN management and monitoring of hotspot coverage. eSight supports the backup of configuration files and network traffic analysis.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

ACL QUESTION 1 What of the following statements is correct regarding access control list types and ranges? A. B. C. D.

A basic ACL value ranges from 1000-2999 An advanced ACL value ranges from 3000-4000 A layer 2 ACL value ranges from 4000-4999 An interface ACL value ranges 1000-2000

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 Which of the following parameters is not used by Advanced ACL? A. B. C. D.

Source interface Destination port number Protocol number Time-range

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 [RTA]acl 2001 [RTA-acl-basic-2001]rule permit source 10.0.1.0 0.0.0.255 [RTA-acl-basic-2001]rule deny source 10.0.1.0 0.0.0.255 Refer to the configuration output. Which of the following statements regarding ACL 2001 is correct? A. B. C. D.

Packets from network 10.0.1.0/24 network will be denied. Packets from network 10.0.1.0/24 network will be permitted. Packets destined for network 10.0.1.0/24 will be denied. Packets destined for network 10.0.1.0/24 will be permitted.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 [RTA]acl 2002 [RTA-acl-basic-2002]rule permit source 20.1.1.1 0 [RTA-acl-basic-2002]rule permit source 30.1.1.1 0 Refer to the configuration output. A network administrator configured the ACL on router RTA, as shown. Which of the following statements regarding the rule order are correct? (Two Answers).

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The rule-number of the first rule is 1 The rule-number of the first rule is 5 The rule-number of the second rule is 2 The rule-number of the second rule is 10

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 Refer to the graphic. The network administrator has configured ACL 2000 to filter packets on RTA, as shown. Which of following statements regarding the subsequent behavior are correct? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

RTA will forward packets received from Host A. RTA will drop packets received from Host A. RTA will forward packets received from Host B. RTA will drop packets received from Host B.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 Refer to the graphic. The network administrator wishes to deny Host A access to the HTTP server but allow access to all other servers. Which of the following ACL rules will achieve this? A. B. C. D.

Rule deny tcp source 10.1.1.1 0 destination 202.100.1.12 0.0.0.0 destination-port eq 21 Rule deny tcp source 10.1.1.1 0 destination 202.100.1.12 0.0.0.0 destination-port eq 80 Rule deny udp source 10.1.1.1 0 destination 202.100.1.12 0.0.0.0 destination-port eq 21 Rule deny udp source 10.1.1.1 0 destination 202.100.1.12 0.0.0.0 destination-port eq 80

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 Following a failure of services in the network, an administrator discovered that the configuration in one of the enterprise routers had been changed. What actions can be taken by the administrator to prevent further changes? (Three Answers) A. The administrator should limit access by setting the login privilege of users to 0.

B. The administrator should configure AAA to manage user authorization on the router. C. The administrator should configure an ACL to allow only the administrator to manage the router. D. The administrator should configure port-security on the router Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 8 [RTA]acl 2001 [RTA-acl-basic-2001]rule 20 permit source 20.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 [RTA-acl-basic-2001]rule 10 deny source 20.1.1.0 0.0.0.255 Refer to the configuration output. Which of the following statements is correct regarding the configuration of the ACL on RTA? A. B. C. D.

Packets from network 20.1.1.0/24 network will be denied. Packets from network 20.1.1.0/24 network will be permitted. Packets destined for network 20.1.1.0/24 will be denied. Packets destined for network 20.1.1.0/24 will be permitted.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 [RTA]acl 2001 [RTA-acl-basic-2001]rule deny source 172.16.1.1 0.0.0.0 [RTA-acl-basic-2001]rule deny source 172.16.0.0 0.255.0.0 Refer to the configuration output. Which of the following statements are correct regarding the configuration of the ACL on RTA? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

Packets from Packets from Packets from Packets from

network 172.16.1.1/32 will be denied. network 172.16.1.0/24 will be denied network 172.17.1.0/24 will be denied network 172.18.0.0/16 will be denied.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

Basic IP Network QUESTION 1 The network administrator wants to improve the performance of network transmission, what steps can the administrator take? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

Change the work mode to full duplex of each end station. Link the end stations together using a switch. Change the work mode to half duplex of each end station. Link the end stations together using a hub.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 On Huawei switch, which of the following commands can be used to set port duplex mode as"auto negotiation"? (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

duplex negotiation auto duplex auto-negotiation duplex auto undo duplex

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 The network administrator wishes to transmit data between two end stations. The network interface cards of both devices operates at 100Mbps however one supports half duplex while the other uses full duplex mode. What will occur as a result? A. The end stations cannot communicate. B. The end stations can communicate, but data may be lost during transmission of large amounts of traffic. C. The end stations will operate normally D. The end stations can communicate, but speed is different during transmission of large amounts of traffic. Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 An Ethernet port can work one of three duplex modes, whereas an Optical Ethernet port only supports one single mode. Which of the following represents this mode? A. Full-duplex B. Half-duplex C. Auto-negotiation

D. Simplex Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 While inspecting packets in the network, a network administrator discovers a frame with the destination MAC address of 01-00-5E-A0-B1-C3. What can the administrator determine from this? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address is a unicast address. The MAC address is a broadcast address The MAC address is a multicast address. The MAC address is incorrect

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 According to OSI reference model, which layer is responsible for end to end error checking and flow control? A. B. C. D.

Physical layer Data link layer Network layer Transport layer

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 Which of the following mechanisms are used for flow control? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

Acknowledgement Buffering Source quench messages Windowing

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 8 Source Destination 10.0.12.1 10.0.12.2 10.0.12.2 10.0.12.1 10.0.12.1 10.0.12.2

Protocol Info TCP 50190 > telnet [SYN] Seq=0 Win=8192 Len=0 MSS=1460 TCP telnet> 50190 [SYN, ACK] Seq=0 Ack=1 Win=8192 Len=0 MSS=1460 TCP 50190 > telnet [ACK] Seq=1 Ack=1 Win=8192 Len=0

Refer to the capture output.The administrator has captured three packets in the network. Which statement regarding the capured packets is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

This packets represent a TCP three-way handshake process. 10.0.12.1 is the telnet server, while 10.0.12.2 is the telnet client. The three packets contain no application data. 10.0.12.1 uses port 50190 to buid the telnet connection.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 An Ethernet frame is captured by network protocol analyzer tool and the value of Type/Length field is 0x0800. Which of the following statements about the frame are correct? (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

The frame structure of the frame is Ethernet_II The frame structure of the frame is 802.3 Its upper layer protocol is IP Its upper layer protocol is IPX

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10 Which of the following descriptions regarding the TTL field of the IP packet is correct? A. B. C. D.

The TTL defines how many packets the source can send. The TTL defines the duration during which the source can send packets. The TTL value will decrement by 1 each time the packet is routed. The TTL value will increment by 1 each time the packet is routed.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 Which of the following statements are correct about TTL field in IP packet? (Select 2 Answers)



A. The maximum value of TTL is 65535 B. Normally, it's impossible for a router to receive a packet whose TTL is zero. C. The main purpose of TTL is to prevent IP packets from circulating endlessly in a network which can consume a lot of bandwidth D. TTL value will be decremented as a packet is passed through the network devices such as hub, LAN switch and router. Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12 In the case of Huawei router, what is the "-i" parameter in a Ping command issued on a VRP operating system used to set? A. B. C. D.

Interface for sending an Echo Request packet Source IP address for sending an Echo Request packet Interface for receiving an Echo Reply packet Destination IP address for receiving an Echo Reply packet

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 13 To provide the information about the IP addresses that a user packet traverses along the path to the destination, which of the following does Tracert record in each expired ICMP TTL packet? A. B. C. D.

Destination port Source port Destination address Source address

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 14 Which of the following statements regarding the verification of IP connectivity are false? (Three Answers) A. The ping 127.0.0.1 command can be used to check whether the network cable is correctly inserted into the host’s Ethernet port. B. The ping command with the host IP address as the destination can be used to verify that the TCP/IP

protocol suite is functioning correctly. C. The ping command can be used to verify connectivity between the host and the local gateway. D. The command “ipconfig /release” can be used to check connectivity problems between the host and the local gateway. Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 15 A network administrator uses the ping command to check for points of failure in the network. Which protocols will be used during this process? (Two Answers)



A. B. C. D.

ICMP. TCP. ARP. UDP.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 16 A network administrator recently used tracert to trace the path to the destination IP address of an external website, however the trace path displayed only a timeout result. Which of the following statements correctly explains the reason for this? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

The source router had shutdown the ICMP function. This destination IP address does not exist. The gateway canot find a route to the destination. This is a normal phenomenon.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 17 Ping 10.0.0.2 : 56 data bytes, press CTRL_C to break Reply from 10.0.0.2 : bytes=800 Sequence=1 ttl=255 time=2 ms Reply from 10.0.0.2 : bytes=800 Sequence=2 ttl=255 time=10 ms --- 10.0.0.2 ping statistics --2 packet(s) transmitted 2 packet(s) received 0.00% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 2/6/10 ms A network administrator uses the ping command to test connectivity to the destination 10.0.0.2 on a Huawei AR series router. Which statement regarding the output is correct?

A. B. C. D.

The network administrator used the command ping -c 2 -s 800 10.0.0.2 The network administrator used the command ping -a 2 -v 800 10.0.0.2 The path between the source and destination is not OK. The network administrator changed the default TTL value.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 18 Which of the following statements explains the behavior of the ICMP redirect function? (Two Answers) A. When a router receives data on the interface via which the same data needs to be forwarded, and the source is on the same segment as the next hop, an ICMP redirect message will be sent by the router to the source. B. When a router receives data on an interface, and the router’s IP address matches the destination IP of the data, an ICMP redirect message will be sent by the router to the source. C. When a router receives data on the interface via which the same data needs to be forwarded, and the source is on the same segment as the next hop, an ICMP Redirect message will be sent by the source to the router. D. When a router receives data on the interface via which the same data needs to be forwarded, and the source is on a different segment from the next hop, an ICMP redirect message will be sent by the router to the source Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 19 Host A wishes to send data to host C, and generates an ARP request to obtain the destination MAC address. Which statement is true? A. B. C. D.

The destination IP address of the ARP request is Host C The destination MAC address of this ARP request is Host C The destination IP address for the ARP request is a broadcast IP address. The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of G0/0/0 on RTA.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 20 An ARP request is sent by host A to obtain the destination MAC address of host D. Which statement is true about regarding the ARP reply? A. B. C. D.

The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of Switch A. The destination IP address of this packet is the VLANIF1 IP address of Switch A. The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of Host A. The destination IP address of this packet is a broadcast IP address.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 21 Which of the following applications can be used to detect the path along which the data packets are transmitted from the source to the destination?



A. B. C. D.

Route Netstat Tracert Send

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 22 How many probe packets are sent for each TTL value by default when"tracert" is used to detect the path along which packet is sent from source to destination? A. B. C. D.

3 4 6 8

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 23 Which of the following types can ICMP packets be classified into? (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

ICMP transport packet ICMP error reporting packet ICMP query packet ICMP application packet

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 24 On VRP platform, which of the following parameters can be used together with the "ping" command to

specify the source address of an echo request message? A. B. C. D.

A S D N

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 25 A router functioning as a Proxy receives an ARP request packet, but finds that the destination address in the packet is not intended for itself. In this case, what will the router do? (Select 2 Answers) A. Discard the packet. B. Check for a route that matches the destination address. C. Forward its MAC address to the ARP request sender after finding that a route to the destination address is available. D. Broadcast the ARP request packet. Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 26 Two end stations in a point-to-point network perform address resolution. Which of the following statements is correct? A. B. C. D.

The destination address of an ARP request from each station will be a unicast MAC address. The destination address of an ARP request from each station will be a broadcast IP address. The destination address of an ARP reply from each station will be a unicast MAC address The destination address of an ARP reply from each station will be a broadcast MAC address.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 27 What will the destination MAC address be at the moment a frame is transmitted by the host, when the router is the IP destination? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address of the switch. The MAC address of the router interface G0/0/0. The MAC address of the host. The destination MAC address will be a broadcast MAC address.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 28 Which of the following statements about gratuitous ARP packets are true? (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

A system can determine whether conflicting IP addresses are used by sending a gratuitous ARP packet A gratuitous ARP packet uses the same format as an ARP request packet. A gratuitous ARP packet can help to update an IP address. A gratuitous ARP packet uses the same format as an ARP reply packet.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 29 UDP is connectionless oriented, which of the following must be used in order to ensure reliability? A. B. C. D.

Internet Protocol Application Layer Protocol Network Layer Protocol Transmission Control Protocol

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 30 The administrator has configured an IP address for Host A and Host B, but had forgotten to configure a default gateway. What effect will this have on the hosts? A. B. C. D.

Neither host will be affected, and therefore will be able to communicate with the peer. Host A will be unable to connect to the router’s G0/0/0 interface. Hosts will be unable to comminicate unless arp-proxy is enabled on the router. The host will be unable to reach neither the local nor remote network destinations .

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 31 A host has established a telnet connection with the router attached to interface G0/0/0. Which of the following statements are correct? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

The destination address of a frame sent by the host will be the MAC address of the router interface. The destination address of a frame will be the MAC address of the switch interface. The destination port number in a segment header will have a value of 80. The destination IP address of a packet will be the IP address of the network interface of the router.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 32 The administrator uses the ping command on the host to test connectivity to the website www.huawei.com. The command line shows a request time out. The administrator displays the ARP entries for the host. Which entry will be found in the ARP cache table of the host? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address of the destination www.huawei.com will exist in the ARP cache. The MAC address of the switch will exist in the ARP cache. The IP address of the destination www.huawei.com will exist in the ARP cache. The MAC address of router interface G0/0/0, will exist in the ARP cache.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 33 When R2 forwards data to R3 from R1, which of the following items will change？ (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

The source MAC address The destination MAC address The source IP address The destination IP address

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 34 If Host B also configured the IP address as “192.168.1.1/24”, an IP address confict will occur. What will happen as a result? A. Host B will send an ICMP request to the destination with the configured IP address. If a reply is received, the host will notify of an address conflict. B. Host A will send a gratuitous ARP request to resolve the MAC address of the destination 192.168.1.1, for which Host B will reply. C. Host B will send a gratuitous ARP request to resolve the MAC address of the destination 192.168.1.1, for which Host A will reply. D. Host A will ignore any received ARP request intended for destination 192.168.1.1. Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 35

display mac-address ------------------------------------------------------------------------------MAC Address VLAN/VSI Learned-From Type ------------------------------------------------------------------------------5489-98ec-f018 1/GE0/0/13 dynamic ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total items displayed = 1 Refer to the graphic. A switch attempts to forward a frame to the MAC destination 5489-98ec-f01. What operation will occur on the switch? A. B. C. D.

The switch will send a request to obtain the MAC address of 5489-98ec-f011. The switch will report that the destination is unreachable and report this to the source. The switch will flood the frame via all ports, with exception of the port on which the frame was received. The switch will drop the frame because it does not have an entry in its MAC address table.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 36 Host A has been connected to switch A and configured with an IP address. When Host A initially forwards a frame, what action will be taken by Switch A? A. B. C. D.

Switch A will drop this frame. Switch A will attempt to flood the frame to all ports except for the G0/0/1 interface. Switch A will forward the frame via ports G0/0/1, G0/0/2 and G0/0/3. Switch will receive this frame before returning the frame to G0/0/1.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 37 Which of the following statements describes the network shown? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

There are 6 collision domains in the network. There are 2 broadcast domains in the network. There are 4 collision domains in the network. There are 6 broadcast domains in the network.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 38 A server is linked to port interface G0/0/1 of a switch. The administrator wishes to allow only this server to be linked to this interface on the switch. Which method can be used to achieve this? A. Configure a static ARP entry using the server’s IP address and MAC address in the switch. B. Configure a static MAC address binding entry of the server’s MAC address and the interface in the

switch. C. Configure the default gateway of the switch to be the same as the server’s IP address. D. It is not possible to enable a single device to be associated with an interface. Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 39 An administrator connects two switches together in a local enterprise network. The ports of one switch support Fast Ethernet, while the ports of the other switch support Gigabit Ethernet. Hosts connected to one switch are able to communicate, however communication between the two switches fails. What is the possible reason for this? A. The ports have disabled auto-negoatition. B. One port is supporting auto-negotiation, while auto-negotiation is disabled on the port of the other switch. C. The port of one switch is operating using half duplex mode, while the port of the other switch is using full duplex mode. D. A Fast Ethernet port cannot communicate directly with a Gigabit Ethernet port. Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 40 A layer 2 LAN switch generates CAM table entries according to the ( ) of the received frame. A. B. C. D.

Source MAC address Destination MAC address Source IP address Destination IP address

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 41 Which of the following statements about collision domains and broadcast domains are correct? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D. E.

Devices connected to the same hub form a collision domain Devices connected to the same hub form a broadcast domain Devices connected to the same bridge form a collision domain Devices connected to the same bridge form a broadcast domain Devices connected to the same router form a broadcast domain

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 42 Which of the following statements regarding layer-2 switch is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

The switch learns MAC addresses automatically The layer-3 header is modified before the received packet is transmitted The layer-2 header is modified before the received packet is transmitted. The layer-2 LAN switch operates at data link layer

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 43 [R1]display interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0 GigabitEthernet0/0/0 current state : Administratively DOWN Line protocol current state : DOWN Refer to the display output. What can be determined based on the output of the display command? A. B. C. D.

Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is connected to a wrong cable Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is not associated with an IP address Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is not associated with a dynamically defined route. Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 has been manually shut down by an administrator.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 44 Which of the following statements regarding static and dynamic routing is incorrect? A. The static route can be easily configured and managed on the enterprise network. B. The use of dynamic routing is more convenient for the administrator to manage the network following network convergence. C. The static route can automatically recover when a link failure is encountered. D. Dynamic routing will use more resources than static routes. Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 45 Which of the following are routed protocols? (Select 2 Answers) A. IP B. OSPF C. BGP

D. IPX Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 46 Which of the following statements regarding the routing table are correct? (Select 2 Answers) A. The next hop in the routing table is redundant because the outgoing interface can be used for packet forwarding. B. The routes from generated by different protocols have different preferences. C. The metrics of different routing protocols are comparable. D. The metrics of different routing protocols are not comparable Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 47 Which of the following commands can be used to display the routing table on a Quidway router? A. B. C. D.

display ip path display ip routing-table display interface display current-configuration

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 48 Which of the following entries is not included in the routing table? A. B. C. D.

source address next hop destination address cost

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 49 Which of the following problems are caused by routing loops? (Select 3 Answers) A. Slow convergence B. Packets circulate between routers

C. Router restarting D. Inconsistency of routing information Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 50 An administrator wishes to manage the router in the remote branch office, which method can be used? A. B. C. D.

Telnet FTP Console Connection DHCP

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 51 The network administrator has configured the router as shown. Which statement is false? A. B. C. D.

The configuration manages the user login through the console interface. The user login through vty 0 has the privilege to run level 2 commands. The user login through telnet has the privilege to run level 2 commands. The configuration manages the telnet user login.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 52 The administrator cannot use telnet to manage the AR2200. The administrator is able to verify connectivity to the router and has been informed that other administrators have no difficulties using telnet. Which statements describe the possible reasons for this problem? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

The user’s status has been blocked The user’s priviledge level has been changed to 0. The user has been deleted. The telnet service in the AR2200 router has been disabled.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 53 A user logged into a VRP supported device through telnet, but when attempting to configure the device, found that he is unable to use the sytem-view command to enter the system-view. What are the possible

reasons for this? (Two Answers) A. The device’s VTY interface only provides permission for some telnet users to run the sytem-view command. B. The user’s telnet software restricts use of this command. C. The user’s privilege level is lower than the level associated with the system-view command. D. The system-view command privilege level is lower than the level associated with the user. Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 54 The users who log on the router through Telnet are not permitted to configure IP address. What is the possible reason? A. B. C. D.

Communication failures occur between the user and the router. The authentication mode of Telnet is set incorrectly. Privilege level of Telnet is set incorrectly. SNMP parameters are set incorrectly.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 55 Which of the following statements are correct? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

A single collision domain exists between RTA and SWC. A single broadcast domain exists between SWA and SWB. A single collision domain exists between SWA and SWC. A single broadcast domain exists between SWA and SWC.

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 56 On the interface serial 1/0/1 of RTA,the command “ip address unnumbered interface loopback 0” has been configured. Which following statements are correct? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

The IP address of interface serial 1/0/1 is 10.1.1.1/24 The IP address of interface serial 1/0/1 is 10.1.1.1/32 The route entry 10.1.1.0/24 exists in RTA’s routing-table The route entry 10.1.1.0/24 does not exist in RTA’s routing-table

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Device Configuration QUESTION 1 Refer to the graphic. The host has a problem establishing a telnet connection with the router attached to interface G0/0/0, Which of the following steps can be used to help the administrator identify the problem? (Two Answers)



A. B. C. D.

Check whether the host has configured the gateway IP address. Check whether the switch has configured the gateway IP address. Use the ping tool to check connectivity between host and router. Check the telnet server configuration is right on the router.

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 Which of the following methods are supported by VRP platform to configure the router? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

Through the Console port Through Telnet Through the AUX port Through FTP

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 The administrator wishes to update the configuration file of an AR2200 router using a USB cable. How can this be achieved? (Two Answers) A. The administrator should connect the USB cable between the terminal and the mini USB port of the AR2200 router. B. The administrator should connect the USB cable between the terminal and the USB port of the AR2200 router. C. The AR2200 router cannot support configuration updates through a USB cable. D. The administrator should install the mini USB drivers on the terminal after connecting the USB. Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 The administrator wishes to manage a network through telnet from a user's terminal to a router. How can this be achieved?

A. A connection should be established between the ethernet port of the terminal and the console port of the router. B. A connection should be established between the ethernet port of the terminal and the ethernet port of the router. C. A connection should be established between the console port of the terminal and the ethernet port of the router.use console cable connect pc’s ethernet port and router’s console port. D. A connection should be established between the COM port of the terminal and the console port of the router. Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 Whilst configuring a device, an administrator experiences trouble remembering certain commands. Which of the following will help support the administrator? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

TAB question mark ctrl+b ctrl+c

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 system-view [Huawei] user-interface console 0 [Huawei-ui-console0] user privilege level 15 [Huawei-ui-console0] authentication-mode password [Huawei-ui-console0] set authentication password cipher huawei2012 [Huawei-ui-console0] quit

http://www.gratisexam.com/ Refer to the configuration output. The administrator configured the device using the commands in the configuration output. Regarding these commands, which statement is false? A. B. C. D.

The administrator wishes to enable management through the console interface. Following configuration, the administrator cannot manage the device remotely. A user that logs-in through the console interface is assigned the highest privilege level. The password of a user logged in through console is ‘cipher huawei2012’

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 Which of the following is abbreviation of VRP? A. B. C. D.

Versatile Routine Platform Virtual Routing Platform Virtual Routing Plane Versatile Routing Platform

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 8 Which of the following must be used to establish the configuration environment when a router is powered on for the first time? A. B. C. D.

SSL SSH Console port Telnet

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 Which of the following parameter settings for terminal emulation are correct when configuring a Huawei router through the Console port? A. B. C. D.

4800bps, 8 data bits,1 stop bits, odd parity check, and no flow control 9600bps, 8 data bits, 1 stop bits, no parity check, and no flow control 9600bps, 8 data bits, 1 stop bits, even parity check, and hardware flow control 19200bps, 8 data bits, 1 stop bits, no parity check, and no flow control

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10 Which of the following commands is used to enter the system-view from the user view on a Huawei router? A. B. C. D.

system-view enable configure terminal interface system

Correct Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11 On VRP platform, the command lines are classified into four levels in increasing priority: Visit level, Monitoring level, Configuration level, and Management level. At which level, the operator is permitted to configure service but is not permitted to operate the file system? A. B. C. D.

Visit level Monitoring level Configuration level Management level

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12 On Huawei VRP platform, which of the following can be used to invoke the history command saved by the command line interface? (Select 2 Answers)



A. B. C. D.

Up cursor key < > Left cursor key < > Ctrl+P Ctrl+U

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 13 Which of the following commands can be used to view the current configurations on a Huawei router? A. B. C. D.

display current-configuration display saved-configuration view saved-configuration show startup-configuration

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 14 The administrator wishes to change name of the router. Under which view should the administrator be in order to achieve this?

A. B. C. D.

User-view System-view Interface-view Protocol-view

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 15 system-view [Huawei]command-privilege level 3 view user save Refer to the command output. What is the result of the shown command? A. B. C. D.

The command adjusts the save command of a user to privilege level 3. The command adjusts the save command in the user view to privilege level 3. The command adjusts the user view command privilege level to 3, and saves the configuration. The command adjusts the privilege level of a user to 3, and saves the configuration.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 16 system-view [Huawei]history-command max-size 20 Refer to the command output. Which statements regarding the shown command are true? (Two answers) A. B. C. D.

The command is used to adjust the size of the history command buffer The default value of the history command buffer is 5. The command should be configured in the user-interface view. Once configured, commands totalling up to 20 bytes can be saved in the buffer.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 17 An AR2200 router is required to be reconfigured from scratch. Which steps are needed to achieve this? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

Reset the saved configuration Clear the current configuration Reboot the AR2200. Assign the configuration file to be used at next startup.

Correct Answer: AC

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 18 An adminstrator has been requested to replace the configuration file of a router in the network. The administrator has been instructed that after logging into the router, he must first permenantly erase the current configuration file config.zip from the system. Which command should he use to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

delete /force config.zip delete /unreserved config.zip reset config.zip clear config.zip

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 19 Which of the following commands can switch a view from the system view to the user view? A. B. C. D.

System-view Router Quit User-view

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 20 Which of the following storage devices are supported by Huawei router? (Select 4 Answers) A. B. C. D. E.

SDRAM NVRAM Flash Hard Disk CF Card

Correct Answer: ABCE Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 21 Which of the following storage devices is used to store the startup configuration files in a router?



A. B. C. D.

SDRAM NVRAM Flash BootROM

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 22 reset saved-configuration Warning: The action will delete the saved configuration in the device. The configuration will be erased to reconfigure. Continue? [Y/N]: Refer to the configuration output. Which of the following statements are true? (Select two answers) A. B. C. D.

A user should enter ‘Y’ when wishing to clear the saved configuration file. The saved-configuration file that the device starts with can be erased. The saved-configuration will be deleted after typing N The saved-configuration file will be replaced with the current-configuration.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 23 When a router is powered on, the router reads the configuration file saved in the default save directory to get itself initialized. If the configuration file does not exist in the default save directory, what does the router use to initialize itself? A. B. C. D.

New configuration file Initial configuration file Default parameters Current configuration file

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 24 display startup MainBoard: Startup system software: sd1:/ar2220-v200r003c00spc200.cc Next startup system software: sd1:/ar2220-v200r003c00spc200.cc Backup system software for next startup: null Startup saved-configuration file: null Next startup saved-configuration file: null Startup license file: null Next startup license file: null Startup patch package: null Next startup patch package: null

Startup voice-files: Next startup voice-files:

null null

Refer to the display output. Which statement is false? A. B. C. D.

The current configuration file has not been saved. The current startup system software is ar2220-v200r003c00spc200.cc The next startup system software cannot be changed. The next startup system software can be changed by using the “startup system software .cc” command.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

DHCP QUESTION 1

Warning: Auto-Config is working. Before configuring the device, stop Auto-Config. If you perform configurations when Auto-Config is running, the DHCP, routing, DNS, and VTY configurations will be lost. Do you want to stop Auto-Config? [y/n]: When an administrator first initializes the router, a warning is displayed. Which statement regarding this warning is correct? A. If Auto-Config is required, the administrator should select ‘y’ B. If Auto-Config is not required, the administrator should select ‘n’, for which subsequent configuration of the DHCP server, routing, DNS server and VTY user configuration is lost C. When a device is started for the first time, the Auto-Config function is active. D. When a device is started for the first time, the Auto-Config function is inactive. Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 An AR2200 router in the company network cannot boot. In order to resolve this, the administrator wishes to update the VRP software. What should he/she do? A. The administrator should use a console cable to connect the router and host, and directly upgrade the device. B. The administrator should use FTP to transfer the VRP software, by configuring the AR2200 router as an FTP client. C. The administrator should use DHCP to boot the AR2200, and then use the AR2200 router as a TFTP client to download the VRP software from the server. D. The administrator should use the telnet command on the client to remote access the device, and upgrade the VRP software. Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3

Warning: Auto-Config is working. Before configuring the device, stop Auto-Config. If you perform configurations when Auto-Config is running, the DHCP, routing, DNS, and VTY configurations will be lost. Do you want to stop Auto-Config? [y/n]: Refer to the output. When the administrator first starts the router, a system notice is displayed, however after rebooting this router, the notice disappeared. What is the reason for this? (Two Answers) A. This notice only appears during the very first device startup. B. The administrator has configured the device and saved the configuration, causing the notice to disappear. C. The administrator selected ‘n’ and did not save the configuration D. The administrator selected ‘y’ and saved the configuration. Correct Answer: BD Section: (none)

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 An end system is unable to communicate with a DHCP server following the startup process. Which IP address may be used by the client? A. B. C. D.

0.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 169.254.2.33 255.255.255.255

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 [Huawei]ip pool pool1 Info: It's successful to create an IP address pool. [Huawei-ip-pool-pool1]network 10.10.10.0 mask 255.255.255.0 [Huawei-ip-pool-pool1]gateway-list 10.10.10.1 Refer to the configuration output. The administrator wishes to configure the DHCP server pool in order to assign an IP address to the customer’s terminal device. Which command should be included in the configuration to provide the minimal lease period for IP addresses? A. B. C. D.

dhcp select relay lease day 1 lease 24 lease 0

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 6 A DHCP server has been established in the enterprise network. After the client has obtained an IP address from the DHCP server, the user decided to modify the IP address manually. In what way may this affect the enterprise network? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

The client may experience an IP address conflict. The client may access the network normally. The client’s interface connection will shutdown. The client will associate with another DHCP server.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 Refer to the graphic. Two switches have been connected as shown and both support STP. The administrator has configured switch A as a DHCP server and set interface VLANIF1 of switch B to obtain an IP address from switch A. A link failure occurs on port interface G0/0/1 of switch B. What action will occur as a result? A. B. C. D.

The two switches will be unable to communicate. Switch B will send a DHCP Discovery message to obtain a new IP address. Swich B will continue to use the IP address obtained from Switch A Switch B will send a DHCP Release message to release the IP address.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 8 A DHCP server in the enterprise network is being used to allocated IP addresses to hosts. An administrator discovers however that some hosts are obtaining IP addresses outside of the scope of the DHCP server’s address pool. What are the possible reasons for this? (Three Answers). A. Another DHCP server exists in the network and is allocating IP addresses to hosts that happen to be within a closer proximity than the authorized DHCP server B. The hosts were unable to discover a DHCP server and therefore generated their own address in the 169.254.0.0 address range. C. The hosts were unable to discover a DHCP server and therefore generated their own address in the 127.254.0.0 address range. D. All addresses from the DHCP pool have been assigned Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 Router] ip pool pool1 [Router-ip-pool-pool1] network 10.10.10.0 mask 255.255.255.0 [Router-ip-pool-pool1] gateway-list 10.10.10.1 [Router-ip-pool-pool1] quit [Router] ip pool pool2 [Router-ip-pool-pool2] network 10.20.20.0 mask 255.255.255.0 [Router-ip-pool-pool2] gateway-list 10.20.20.1 [Router-ip-pool-pool2] quit [Router] interface GigabitEthernet 0/0/1 [Router-GigabitEthernet0/0/1] ip address 10.10.10.1 24 [Router-GigabitEthernet0/0/1] dhcp select global Refer to the configuration output. Following configuration, a host is connected to the interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/1 of the router. Which IP address will the client obtain?



A. B. C. D.

An IP address from network 10.10.10.0/24 will be assigned. An IP address from network 10.20.20.0/24 will be assigned. The host will be unable to obtain an IP address. An IP address may be assigned from either 10.10.10.0/24 or 10.20.20.0/24.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10 The IP addresses of clients in the network are deployed via a DHCP server. When a host reboots, which message will the host first send to the DHCP server? A. B. C. D.

DHCP DISCOVER DHCP REQUEST DHCP OFFER DHCP ACK

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11 A DHCP Unique Identifier (DUID) in DHCPv6 can be configured in VRP using which formats? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

DUID-LL DUID-LLT DUID-EN DUID-LLC

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

DOMAIN QUESTION 1 Which of the following statements about the information contained in a Database Description packet are true? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

A Database Description packet contains all information about each LSA. A Database Description packet contains only the header of an LSA. The header of an LSA is the unique identifier of the LSA. The header of an LSA is only a small portion of all the data of the LSA.

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 What is the default authentication mode for the default_admin domain? A. B. C. D.

None Local Radius 802.1X

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 How many domains can be configured on a Huawei router? A. 30

http://www.gratisexam.com/ B. 31 C. 32 D. 33 Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 An authenticator router has been configured with two domains named “Area1” and “Area2”, following which a user is created with the username “huawei” and the password ”hello” for authentication. Which domain does this user belongs to?



A. B. C. D.

Area1 domain Area2 domain default domain default_admin domain

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

FRAME RELAY QUESTION 1 In order to check if the interface serial 1/0/0 is working in either DCE or DTE mode, command ( ) is used. A. B. C. D.

display mode serial 1/0/0 display controller display interface serial 1/0/0 display current-config

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 How is mapping performed on a DTE device in a Frame Relay network? A. B. C. D.

The local DLCI number is mapped to a remote IP address. The local IP address is mapped to a remote DLCI number. The local DLCI number is mapped to a local IP address. The remote DLCI number is mapped to a remote IP address.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 If Frame Relay implements dynamic address mapping for the PVC，which protocol will be used? A. B. C. D.

LMI protocol. ARP protocol. RARP protocol. InARP protocol

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 Refer to the graphic. Which of the following statements correctly describe the Frame Relay devices? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

RTA is a DTE device. FRA is a DTE device. FRB is a DCE device. The interface on RTA is a DCE interface

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 Refer to the graphic. RTA and RTB are connected over a Frame Relay network using a DLCI, as shown. Static mapping is required on RTA. Which of the following commands will achieve this? A. B. C. D.

[RTA-Serial1/0/1]fr map ip 172.16.1.1 30 [RTA-Serial1/0/1]fr map ip 172.16.1.1 31 [RTA-Serial1/0/1]fr map ip 172.16.2.1 30 [RTA-Serial1/0/1]fr map ip 172.16.2.1 31

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 Refer to the graphic. RTA is a DTE device connected to a Frame Relay switch, and uses dynamic address mapping to establish the PVC. With regards to the configuration, which of the following commands are not necessary? (Two Answers).

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

[RTA-Serial1/0/1]ip address 172.16.1.1 24 [RTA-Serial1/0/1]link-protocol FR [RTA-Serial1/0/1]fr interface-type dte [RTA-Serial1/0/1]fr inarp

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 Which command should be used to check the mapping between protocol addresses and frame relay addresses? A. B. C. D.

display fr interface display fr map-info display fr inarp-info display interface brief

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 Which of the following protocols is used in Frame Relay to map the address to DLCI dynamically?



A. B. C. D.

ARP protocol RARP protocol InARP protocol Map protocol

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 Which of the following parameters must be specified when configuring static mapping for Frame Relay network? (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

Local DLCI Remote DLCI Local network layer protocol address Remote network layer protocol address

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10 Which of the following regarding Frame Relay DLCI are correct? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

DLCI is locally significant DLCI is allocated by DTE The range of DLCI value that can be used is from 16-1007 The same DLCI can be configured on different physical interfaces

Correct Answer: ACD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11 Which of the following commands is used to enable dynamic address mapping protocol in the interface encapsulated with Frame Relay? A. B. C. D.

fr inarp fr reverse-arp inverse-arp reverse-arp

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12 What is the meaning of 200 in the command "fr map ip 10.1.1.2 200"? A. B. C. D.

remote logical channel ID local DLCI remote interface ID remote node ID

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 13 Refer to the graphic.RTA and RTB connect to a Frame Relay switch and use dynamic address mapping. The command “fr map ip 10.0.1.1 32” is then configured on RTB, without using the undo inarp command. What will occur as a result? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

RTB will be unable to communicate with RTA 10.0.1.1 will still be mapped to DLCI 31 on RTB 10.0.1.1 will still be mapped to DLCI 32 on RTB DLCI 32 will be activated on RTB

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 14 Refer to the graphic. RTA and RTB are connected to the same Frame Relay switch and use same DLCI number, which following is correct? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

RTA and RTB must be associated with the same PVC RTA and RTB can be associated with different PVC’s The DLCI on the different physical interfaces can be the same The DLCI on the different physical interfaces cannot be the same

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 15 Which of the following commands can be used to display mapping relationship between network address and DLCI?

A. B. C. D.

display fr interface display fr display fr map-info display fr brief

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 16 Which of following may be the reasons that cause Frame Relay PVC to work abnormally? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

Same DLCI number is configured on the same router LMI type mismatch Frame Relay encapsulation type mismatch Incorrect configuration of the DLCI number

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

FTP QUESTION 1 An administrator wishes to update the VRP software of company’s AR2200 router. How can this be achieved? (Three Answers) A. The administrator can use FTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the FTP client. B. The administrator can use FTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the FTP server. C. The administrator can use TFTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the TFTP server. D. The administrator can use TFTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the TFTP client. Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 An administrator wishes to implement new features in the network, but the VRP version of one AR2200 router is out of date. The adminstrator needs to upgrade the VRP software. Which of the following options regarding file transfer is false? A. B. C. D.

The AR2200 router can function as a TFTP client to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as the TFTP server to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as the FTP server to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as an FTP client to support the upgrade.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 FTP and TFTP can be used to update the system file on Huawei routers. Which of the following statements are correct? (Select 3 Answers)



A. B. C. D.

Huawei router can be configured as FTP Client Huawei router can be configured as FTP Server Huawei router can be configured as TFTP Client Huawei router can be configured as TFTP Server

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 An administrator discovered he/she was unable to use TFTP to transfer files to the router. Which of the following describes the likely reason for this?

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The TFTP service had been disabled on the router. TCP port 69 of the server had been blocked. UDP port 69 of the server had been blocked. The username and password had been modified.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 FTP may be used to upgrade a router's VRP image. Which of the following transmission modes should be used to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

binary mode ASCII mode byte mode letter mode

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 A client failed to transfer a file to the FTP server, but found the IP connectivity was without problem. The client assumed that the problem was with the port configuration. The blocking of which ports would likely cause this problem? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

21 80 20 50649

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

GRE QUESTION 1 Refer to the graphic. RTA and RTB have established a GRE tunnel, but only RTA has enabled the keepalive function. When RTB receive a keepalive message from RTA, how will RTB respond? A. B. C. D.

RTB will discard the keepalive message. RTB willl record receipt of the keepalive message but won’t reply RTB will send a keepalive in response. RTB will send a keepalive reply and begin to actively send keepalive messages.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 Refer to the graphic. Two hosts communicate through a GRE tunnel. When the GRE tunnel is up, the network administrator configures a static route on RTA to route packets to Host B. Which of the following commands will achieve this?

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

ip route-static 10.1.2.0 24 GigabitEthernet0/0/1 ip route-static 10.1.2.0 24 200.2.2.1 ip route-static 10.1.2.0 24 200.1.1.1 ip route-static 10.1.2.0 24 tunnel 0/0/1

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 When using VRP, which of the following commands is used to configure the data link layer encapsulation type of a serial interface as HDLC? A. B. C. D.

encapsulation hdlc link-protocol hdlc hdlc enable link-protocol ppp

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

IPSEC QUESTION 1 Refer to the graphic. Packet encapsulation in the IPsec architecture is performed as shown. Which IPsec mode is being used to encapsulate the packet? A. B. C. D.

normal mode transport mode tunnel mode this encapsulation is wrong

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 Refer to the graphic. IPsec VPN uses ESP to encrypt which fields ? A. B. C. D.

TCP, Data and ESP Trailer ESP, TCP and Data ESP, TCP, Data and ESP Trailer ESP, TCP, Data, ESP Trailer and ESP Auth

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 Refer to the graphic. In order to improve security, the two hosts use IPsec VPN to transmit data. Which IPsec mode and protocol can be used to hide the host’s IP address? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

AH transport mode tunnel mode ESP

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 If AH and ESP are both required to protect data streams between IPsec peers, how many Security Associations (SA) are required in total?

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

1 2 3 4

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 Refer to the graphic. The data is transmitted using IPsec tunnel mode. The fields of which headers will be authenticated? A. B. C. D.

TCP and Data Origin IP, TCP and Data AH, Origin IP, TCP and Data The fields of all headers

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 Two routers establish an IPsec tunnel, which of the following does not need to be the same on both peering devices? A. B. C. D.

Encapsulation mode Transform mode Proposal name authentication algorithm

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

IPv6 QUESTION 1 Which of the following formats represent an accurate condensing of the IPv6 address 2031:0000:720C:0000:0000:09E0:839A:130B? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

2031:0:720C:0:0:9E0:839A:130B 2031:0:720C:0:0:9E:839A:130B 2031::720C::9E0:839A:130B 2031:0:720C::9E0:839A:130B

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 Which of the following IPv6 addresses can be configured on a router’s interface? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

fe80:13dc::1/64 ff00:8a3c::9b/64 ::1/128 2001:12e3:1b02::21/64

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 The IPv6 address achitecture does not include which of the following address types? A. B. C. D.

unicast multicast broadcast anycast

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 Which of the following descriptions regarding IPv6 addresses are correct? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

IPv6 addresses are 64 bits in length. IPv6 addresses are 128 bits in length. IPv6 extension headers are processed in order. IPv6 extension headers are processed randomly.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 5 Interface G0/0/1 on RTA contains a MAC address of 00e0-fc03-aa73 and is configured with the IPv6 address 2001::2E0:FCFF:FE03:AA73. Which method is most likely to have been used to configure the interface IPv6 address? A. B. C. D.

DHCPv6 Auto-link ARP EUI-64

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 In a small network suppporting IPv6, a network administrator wishes implement RIPng. Which of the following commands should be used to enable this protocol? A. B. C. D.

[RTA-GigabitEthernet0/0/0]ripng 1 enable [RTA]ripng 1 enable ripng 1 enable [RTA-ripng-1]ripng 1 enable

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 In a network supporting IPv6, OSPF no longer supports which feature? A. B. C. D.

multiple areas Router-ID authentication multicast updates

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 8

Refer to the graphic. RTA and RTB have established an IPv6 network for which an IPv6 address has been configured only on the G0/0/1 interface. RTA is unable to ping RTB. The administrator then configures v3 along with a router-id on both routers, and enables OSPFv3 on G0/0/1 of both RTA and RTB. Which of the following statements are correct? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

RTA and RTB can establish an OSPFv3 neighbor relationship. RTA and RTB cannot establish an OSPFv3 neighbor relationship. RTA can ping RTB. RTA cannot ping RTB.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

LINK AGGREGATION QUESTION 1 The network administrator has decided to configure link aggregation in the enterprise network. Which of the following represent advantages of link aggregation? (Three Answers) A. B. C. D.

Load balancing. Improved bandwidth. Enhanced reliability. Improved security.

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 In port aggregation, “multiple” ports are aggregated to form a port aggregation group so that all the member ports in the group share the outgoing/incoming load. At which layer is port aggregation implemented? A. B. C. D.

Physical Layer Data Link Layer Network Layer Transport Layer

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 What benefits does port aggregation yield? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

Improves link bandwidth Implements load sharing Improves network reliability Facilitates data copy for analysis

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 Refer to the graphic. The network administrator wishes to aggregate the two links as member interfaces of Eth-trunk 1. Which statement is correct? A. B. C. D.

The interfaces will be aggregated with load balancing. The interfaces will be aggregated, but only interface GE0/0/1 will send data flow. The interfaces will be aggregated, but the Eth-trunk will not be active. The interfaces cannot be aggregated.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 What is the maximum number of member interfaces supported by a single Eth-Trunk?

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

6. 8. 10 12.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 The Eth-Trunk frame forwarding mechanism used to prevent changes in the data sequence forwards frames based on which of the following parameters? A. B. C. D.

The same source or destination IP address The same source or destination MAC address. The same protocol type. The same source or destination port number.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 In Layer 2 mode, the transmission rate of an Eth-Trunk interface is determined by which of the following? A. B. C. D.

Maximum number of Up member links Minimum number of Up member links Number of Up member interfaces Number of interfaces.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 The network administrator wishes to forward data over an Eth-trunk, however associated member interfaces operate at different rates. In terms of the resulting behavior, which of the following is true? A. B. C. D.

The two switches will not be able to communicate. The higher rate member interfaces may incur packet loss. The Eth-Trunk will work normally. The lower rate member interfaces may incur packet loss.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 The network administrator attempts to add interface G0/0/1 on Switch A to Eth-trunk 1, however the command fails. Which of the following may cause this? A. B. C. D.

The interface is operating in half-duplex mode. The interface has been shutdown. The interface is already associated with another Eth-trunk. The interface is an access port.

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

NAT QUESTION 1 A network requires a solution to allow 50 private IP addresses to be translated, however only a single public address is available for use. Which translation method can be used to support this requirement? A. B. C. D.

Static NAT Dynamic NAT Easy-IP NAPT

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 NAPT allows for multiple internal addresses to be mapped to a single public address. How does NAT distinguish between the different private addresses when mapping to the same public address A. B. C. D.

The source MAC address is used. The destination MAC address is used. The source port number is used. The destination port number is used.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 Refer to the graphic. Host A is located in a private network. It is required that Host A not only be capable of routing traffic over the public network, but also that public users are able to actively communicate with Host A. Which NAT translation method should be configured on the gateway? A. B. C. D.

Static NAT Dynamic NAT Easy-IP NAPT

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 Refer to the graphic. In the private network, RTA dynamically assigns a public address from the address pool to hosts without port translation. Host C wishes to access the public network while pool addresses are assigned to Host A and Host B. What will occur as a result? A. The first public address will be allocated to Host C, and Host A will be forced offline. B. The last public address will be allocated to Host C, and Host B will be forced offline. C. Host C will be unable to forward traffic over the public network.

D. All hosts will have access to the public network through pool address swapping. Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 A web server in a private network is required to provide HTTP services to public users. The network administrator is required to configure NAT on RTA. Which configuration should be used? A. B. C. D.

[RTA-Serial1/0/1]nat server protocol tcp global 202.10.10.1 www inside 192.168.1.1 8080 [RTA-Serial0/0/1]nat server protocol tcp global 192.168.1.1 www inside 202.10.10.1 8080 [RTA-Gigabitethernet0/0/1]nat server protocol tcp global 202.10.10.1 www inside 192.168.1.1 8080 [RTA- Gigabitethernet0/0/1]nat server protocol tcp global 192.168.1.1 www inside 202.10.10.1 8080

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 The network administrator needs to configure static NAT on RTA, in order to allow Host A to communicate with Host C. Which command is correct?

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

[RTA-Serial1/0/1]nat outbound 200.1.1.10 [RTA-Serial1/0/1]nat static global 200.1.1.10 inside 192.168.1.0 [RTA-Serial1/0/1]nat static global 192.168.1.1 inside 200.1.1.10 [RTA-Serial1/0/1]nat static global 200.1.1.10 inside 192.168.1.1

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 [RTA-GigabitEthernet0/0/0]nat outbound 2000 address-group 1 Refer to the configuration output. What does the value “2000” refer to? A. B. C. D.

It represents the ACL number. It represents the NAT number. It represents the translated port number . It represents the number of bytes that can be translated before the address is returned to the public address pool.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 8 NAPT uses the same public address but different port numbers to translate private addresses. Which statement regarding the port number is correct? A. B. C. D.

It is necessary to configure port number mapping manually. It is only necessary to configure the port number range. It is not necessary to configure port numbers. An access control list is needed to assign port numbers.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 A configured internal host of a private network wishes to access the internet. What must be configured on the enterprise network’s edge router in order to achieve this? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

NAT EasyIP DHCP BGP Default route

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10 Which of the following statements are correct about NAT? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

NAT is the abbreviation for "Network Address Translation" NAT is used for translation between private and public network addresss. When hosts inside a private network access the outside network, NAT is not required. NAT provides an effective way to solve the problem of insufficient IP addresses.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11 Which of the following technologies can allow a host with IP address 10.0.0.1 to access the internet? A. Static route B. Dynamic route C. Route import

D. NAT Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12 Which of the following items can be translated by NAPT? A. B. C. D.

MAC address + port number IP address + port number Only MAC address Only IP address

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

OSPF QUESTION 1 Which of the following statements about a designated port working in RIPv2 multicast mode are true? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

The port receives only RIPv2 multicast packets. The port does not receive RIPv1 broadcast packets. The port does not receive RIPv2 broadcast packets. The port receives only RIPv1 multicast packets.

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 Which of the following statements regarding the router ID in OSPF are incorrect? (Select 3 Answers) A. The router IDs of OSPF routers in the same area must be the same, but can be different in different areas. B. The router ID must be the IP address of an OSPF router interface. C. The router ID must be configured manually. D. A router running OSPF must have a router ID for it to operate properly. Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 Which of the following statements regarding Designated Routers in OSPF are correct? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

DR is elected by all the routers in the same network segment. If the priorities of two routers are different, the router with the lower priority will be elected as DR. If the priorities of two routers are equal, the router with the higher Router ID will be elected as DR. DR and BDR must be adjacent.

Correct Answer: ACD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 On the VRP platform, which of the following commands is used to configure the Router ID of a router as 1.1.1.1? A. B. C. D.

router id 1.1.1.1 [Huawei]router id 1.1.1.1 [Huawei]router-id 1.1.1.1 [Huawei]router id 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.255

Correct Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 Which of the following OSPF versions is specific to IPv6? A. B. C. D.

OSPFv1 OSPFv2 OSPFv3 OSPFv4

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 The administrator wishes to configure OSPF on a router in the network, however the router has no loopback interface. Which value will be used as the router ID? A. The lowest IP address of the router’s active interfaces. B. The highest IP address of the router’s active interfaces.

http://www.gratisexam.com/ C. The IP address of the management interface D. The priority value of the router. Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 An administrator of a company supporting a large enterprise network wishes to implement OSPF on the network as opposed to RIP. Which of the following points should the administrator use to support his reasoning for this change? (Three Answers) A. B. C. D.

OSPF has no hop count limitation OSPF has a lower routing update overhead OSPF has a simpler configuration. OSPF supports faster convergence.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 Which of the following statements regarding single area OSPF are correct? (Three Answers) A. An IP address needs to be configured on a loopback interface of each router before configuring an OSPF area. B. The value of an area can be from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255. C. A single area can be configured using any supported area number. D. All of the links of the network need to be advertised in Area 0. Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 10.0.1.0/24 O_ASE

150 2

D 10.0.23.3

Serial2/0/0

Refer to the display output. Which of the following statements regarding route shown are true? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

The address 10.0.23.3 has been configured on the peer’s serial 2/0/0 interface. The route preference has been changed by the adminstrator. The metric for the route 10.0.1.0 indicates that two hops are needed. The route has been learned via the OSPF protocol.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10 Which of the following statements regarding link-state database and routing-table of a “single” OSPF area are correct? (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

The link-state databases that all routers build are identical. The link-state databases that all routers build are different. The routing-tables that all routers calculate are different. The routing-tables that all routers calculate are identical.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11 Which of the following steps are necessary to configure OSPF on a Huawei router? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

Configuration of a router ID Enabling of an OSPF process Specifying an OSPF area Configuration of the network segments within each area

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12 Which of the following statements regarding the DR in an OSPF network are correct? (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

There must be at least one DR in an OSPF area. A DR must be elected among the routers through the negotiations that are defined by OSPF protocol. Only the router with highest priority will be elected as DR. Only NBMA or Broadcast networks need to elect DR

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 13 Which of the following VRP commands can be used to enter area 0 view? (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

[Huawei]ospf area 0 [Huawei-ospf-1]area 0 [Huawei-ospf-1]area 0.0.0.0 [Huawei-ospf-1]area 0 enable

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 14 Which of the following commands is used to display the OSPF neighbor relationship establishment? A. B. C. D.

display ospf neighbor display ospf brief display ospf peer display ospf interface

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 15 With what kind of routers does a DRother router exchange link state information and route information? (Select 2 Answers) A. DR B. BDR C. DRother

D. All OSPF neighbors Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 16 An OSPF area is a collection of a group of routers and networks. OSPF defines that routers that have the same ( ) belong to the same OSPF area. A. B. C. D.

neighbors LSDB LSA adjacency

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 17 Which of the following statements about router IDs are true? (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

The routers contained in the same LSDB have the same router ID. Each router in an OSPF network must have a unique router ID. Two routers in different OSPF areas can have the same router ID. A router ID is expressed in a 32-bit dotted decimal format.

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 18 OSPF allows for “multiple” processes. By default, OSPF selects a process whose number is ( ). A. B. C. D.

0 1 10 100

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 19 In a network supporting IPv6, OSPF no longer supports which feature? A. multiple areas B. Router-ID

C. authentication D. multicast updates Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 20 Two routers are configured with OSPFv3. OSPFv3 is enabled on all interfaces of each router. Which of the following is true in the event that the network administrator does not configure a Router-ID? A. B. C. D.

The IP address of the loopback 0 interface will be used as the router ID The IP address of the loopback 1 interface will be used as the router ID The IP address of interface G0/0/0 will be used as the router ID No router ID will be assigned to the router.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 21 Destination/Mask protocol pre Cost Nexthop Interface 9.0.0.0/8 OSPF 10 50 1.1.1.1 Serial 1/0/0 9.1.0.0/16 RIP 100 5 2.2.2.2 Ethernet 0/0/1 Refer to the graphic. Which of the following statements is correct when this router forwards the packet to the destination host 9.1.4.5? A. The router selects the first entry to match the destination address of the packet because the preference of OSPF is higher than the preference of RIP. B. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the cost of RIP is lower than that of OSPF. C. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the outgoing interface is an Ethernet interface. The forwarding speed of an Ethernet interface is faster than the forwarding speed of a serial interface D. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the router will match the most specific address. Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 22 According to the default value of route preference on the VRP platform, which of the following represent the correct sequence for direct route, static route, RIP and OSPF if they are listed from high preference to low preference? A. B. C. D.

Direct, Static, RIP, OSPF Direct, OSPF, Static, RIP Direct, OSPF, RIP , Static Direct, RIP, Static, OSPF

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 23 A router has learned two routes for the same network with the same prefix. One route has been learned via OSPF with a metric of 4882, while the other route has been learned via RIPv2 with a metric of 4. Which route(s) will be found in the routing table? A. B. C. D.

The RIPv2 route. The OSPF and RIPv2 routes. The OSPF route. Neither of these routes will be found in the routing table.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 24 Assume that the router has learnt the best route to the same destination by using RIP, OSPF and Static Route respectively. By default, the Huawei router will select the route learnt via ( ) as the best route. A. B. C. D.

RIP OSPF RIPv2 Static route

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 25 After checking the OSPF neighbor state, the administrator discovers that the router has established a TWO-WAY state with the peering router. What can be understood from this information? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

The routers are configured using the same process ID The routers are configured using the same area ID The routers are configured using wrong router ID The routers are considered DROthers in a broadcast network

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 26 Refer to the graphic. An administrator has configured OSPF on the two routers, following which he then implements the command silent-interface s0/0/1 on RTA. What effect will this command have on the

network? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

The link information advertised by RTB will be maintained in the Link State Database of RTA. The OSPF neighbor relationship will fail between two routers. The configuration will not affect the OSPF neighbor relationship between the two routers. The link information advertised by RTB will no longer be maintained in the Link State Database of RTA.

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 27 Refer to the graphic. Which statements correctly explains the forwarding behavior between RTA and RTE? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

When the network uses OSPF, data will be forwarded along the path via S1/0/0 When the network uses RIPv2, data will be forwarded along the path via S1/0/0. When the network uses OSPF, data will be forwarded along the path from via E0/0/1. When the network uses RIPv2, data will be forwarded along the path via S2/0/0.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 28 What functions does a Hello packet of OSPF implement? (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

Neighbor discovery Deletion of unreachable neighbors. Maintaining of neighbor relationships. Negotiation of parameters among adjacent ports.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

PPP QUESTION 1 Refer to the graphic. The link between RTA and RTB is encapsulated using PPP. The IP addresses of serial 1/0/1 of RTA and serial 1/0/1 of RTB are in different network segments. Which following is correct? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

RTA can ping 10.1.1.2 successfully RTA cannot ping 10.1.1.2 The route entry 10.1.1.0/24 exists in the routing-table of RTA The route entry 10.1.1.2/32 exists in the routing-table of RTA

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 Two routers are connected through serial interfaces and support PPP encapsulation. Which parameters must be negotiated to establish the PPP connection? (Three Answers). A. B. C. D.

MRU Authentication password Magic-Number IP address

Correct Answer: ACD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 What are the three protocol components defined by PPP? (Three Answers). A. B. C. D.

Data encapsulation. LCP NCP IPCP

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 Two routers are connected via serial interfaces, for which the link-protocol is PPP. The network administrator wishes to configure PPP authentication to improve security on this link. Which PPP authentication method provides a more secure solution? A. B. C. D.

CHAP PAP MD5 SSH

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 If PPP authentication fails, which type of packet will be sent to the authenticated peer by the authenticator? A. B. C. D.

Authenticate-Ack Authenticate-Nak Authenticate-Reject Authenticate-Reply

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 Two routers are connected via serial interfaces and the link-protocol is PPP, but the MRU of two serial interface’s are different, in PPP LCP negotiated stage, what will happen? A. B. C. D.

LCP negotiation will fail Negotiation will use the smaller value Negotiation will use the larger value Negotiation will use 1500

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 PPP is more secure than HDLC because PPP supports authentication protocols such as ( ). (Select 2 Answers) A. B. C. D.

PAP MD5 CHAP SSH

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 8 When both ends running PPP protocol detect that the physical link is active, the link state will transit from dead to establish. Which of the following protocols is used to negotiate the link parameters during this phase? A. B. C. D.

IP DHCP LCP NCP

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 A serial interface of a Huawei router currently using HDLC needs to assign PPP as the encapsulation protocol. Which of the following commands is required to be configured at the serial interface view? A. B. C. D.

link-protocol ppp encapsulation ppp enable ppp address ppp

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10 When using VRP, which of the following commands is used to configure the PPP authentication method as PAP? A. B. C. D.

ppp pap ppp authentication-pap ppp authentication-mode pap ppp pap-authentication

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11 When configuring the PPP authentication method as PAP, which of the following operations are

necessary? (Select 3 Answers) A. B. C. D.

Add the user name and password of the authenticated party to the local user list Configure the encapsulation type of the interface connected to the peer as PPP. Configure PPP authentication method as CHAP On the authenticated party end, configure the user name and password that are sent to authenticator

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12 In the PPP protocol, which of the following encryption algorithms is used by CHAP? A. B. C. D.

DES MD5 AES None

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 13 What is the function of the “ip address ppp-negotiate” command? A. B. C. D.

Enables the function of requesting for an IP address from the peer device. Enables the function of accepting the request for an IP address from the remote device. Enables the function of statically allocating IP addresses to the peer. None of the above

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 14 Two routers have established a point-to-point network using PPP. The administrator has configured the routers to run OSPF in the same area with the same router ID, what will behavior will occur as a result of the configuration? A. B. C. D.

The routers will build a neighbor relationship even though both routers are using the same router ID. VRP will notify of a router ID conflict between the two routers. The routers will build an adjacency even though both routers are using the same router ID. The routers will not send hello packets to each other because they are using the same router ID.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

PPPoE QUESTION 1 The PPPoE session establishment process can be divided into which stages? (Two Answers). A. B. C. D.

Discovery stage DHCP stage PPPoE Session stage PPP connecting stage.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 To establish multiple PPP point-to-point connections in the Ethernet network, a PPPoE server establishes connections with multiple PPPoE clients on one Ethernet port. How does PPPoE differentiate between each connection? A. B. C. D.

MAC address. IP address and MAC address MAC address and ppp-id MAC address and session-id

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 When configuring a router as a PPPoE client, which configuration is not necessary? A. B. C. D.

Configuration of the dialer-rule Configuration of the dialer interface Configuration of an IP address on the dialer interface Configuration of a password on the dialer interface

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 4 Refer to the graphic. RTA is a PPPoE client, and sends PADI packets to Server A. Which distribution method is used for sending PADI packets?

A. B. C. D.

unicast multicast broadcast anycast

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 Refer to the graphic. RTA is a PPPoE client, and following transmission of PADI, Server A responds with PADO packets to RTA. Which distribution method is used for sending PADO packets? A. B. C. D.

unicast multicast broadcast anycast

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 In the PPPoE discovery stage, the PPPoE server assigns a session-id to the PPPoE client in which packet? A. B. C. D.

PADI PADO PADR PADS

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 Which command can be used to check the PPPoE client session status? A. B. C. D.

display ip interface brief display current-configuration display pppoe-client session packet display pppoe-client session summary

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

RIP QUESTION 1 [Huawei]rip 1 [Huawei-rip-1]version 2 Refer to the command output. An administrator wishes to configure RIP. Which other command needs to configured for RIP routes to be advertised? A. B. C. D.

import-route GigabitEthernet 0/0/1 network 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 network GigabitEthernet 0/0/1 network 192.168.1.0

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 Refer to the graphic. RTA and RTB are running RIPv1. RTA has advertised 10.0.0.0 and 192.168.1.0 to the RIP network. Which routes will exist in the IP routing table of RTB? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

10.0.0.0/8 192.168.1.1/32 10.1.12.1/32 192.168.1.0/24

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 Refer to the graphic. Two peering routers are running RIP. RTA is using RIPv1 to advertise its routes, while RTB is using RIPv2. What effect will this have on learned routes? A. RTA and RTB will both learn the routes advertised by RIP. B. RTA will learn the RIP route advertised by RTB, however RTB is unable to learn the route advertised by RTA. C. RTB will learn the RIP route advertised by RTA, however RTA is unable to learn the route advertised by RTB. D. Neither RTA nor RTB are able to learn the RIP routes advertised by the peer. Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 Refer to the graphic. Two peering routers are running RIP. RTA is using RIPv1 to advertise its routes, while RTB is using RIPv2 to advertise the route 1.1.1.1/32. How will the route 1.1.1.1/32 appear in the IP routing table of RTA?

A. B. C. D.

This route will not appear in the IP routing table of RTA. This route will appear in the IP routing table of RTA as 1.0.0.0/8. This route will appear in the IP routing table of RTA as 1.0.0.0/24. This route will appear in the IP routing table of RTA as 1.0.0.0/32.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 Refer to the graphic. Two peering routers are running RIP. RTA is using RIPv2 to advertise its routes, while RTB is using RIPv1 to advertise the route 1.1.1.1/32. The administrator configures “RIP version 2 multicast” for interface G0/0/1 of RTB. How will the route 1.1.1.1/32 appear in the the IP routing table of RTA? A. B. C. D.

This route will not appear in the IP routing table of RTA. This route will appear in the IP routing table of RTA as 1.0.0.0/8. This route will appear in the IP routing table of RTA as 1.0.0.0/24. This route will appear in the IP routing table of RTA as 1.0.0.0/32.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 A RIP router receives the routing update information from its neighbor. Which of the following statements regarding routing update are correct? (Select 3 Answers) A. The received route that is not in the routing table will be added only when its hop count value is less than 16. B. The received route that already exists in the routing table will be updated only when the next hop is the router's neighbor and the cost value is smaller. C. The received route that already exists in the routing table will be updated only when the next hop is not the router's neighbor and the cost value is smaller. D. The received route that already exists in the routing table will be updated only when the next hop is the router's neighbor and the cost value has been changed. Correct Answer: ACD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 Which of the following commands is used to display the current running state and configuration of RIP? A. B. C. D.

display protocol rip show rip display rip display this rip

Correct Answer: C Section: (none)

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 8 A user can view the information for the RIP protocol on a router. What does “Age time” in the returned result of the command mean? A. B. C. D.

The interval of updating an RIP packet The aging time of an RIP route The suppression time of an RIP route The time spent on switching between RIP routes

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 After a command for displaying RIP route information is entered on a router, peer 192.168.1.2 on Serial1/0/0 is displayed in the returned result. What does 192.168.1.2 stand for? A. B. C. D.

Address of a RIP neighbor Address of the port with the RIP protocol enabled Next hop address of the RIP route Transmission address of the RIP protocol

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10 Refer to the grapic. An administrator has configured RIPv2 on the two routers, following which he implements the command silent-interface s0/0/1 on RTA. What effect will this command have on the network? (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

RTA will continue to learn routes from RTB RTB will continue to learn routes from RTA RTA will have no neighbor relationship with RTB RTB will have no adjacency relationship with RTA

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11 Refer to the graphic. R1,R2 and R3 are running RIPv1. R1 and R3 both advertise 172.16.0.0 to the RIP network. How will this affect R2? A. R2 will not have a route to the networks 172.16.1.0/24 and 172.16.2.0/24 B. R2 will only have a route to 172.16.1.0/24

C. R2 will only have a route to 172.16.2.0/24 D. R2 will have a route to both networks 172.16.1.0/24 and 172.16.2.0/24, but some packets for these destinations will be lost. Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12 debugging rip 1 Sep 13 2013 11:07:20.974.1-05:13 R2 RIP/7/DBG: 6: 13414: RIP 1: Receiving v1 response on GigabitEthernet0/0/0 from 10.0.12.1 with 1 RTE Sep 13 2013 11:07:20.974.2-05:13 R2 RIP/7/DBG: 6: 13465: RIP 1: Receive response from 10.0.12.1 on GigabitEthernet0/0/0 Sep 13 2013 11:07:20.974.3-05:13 R2 RIP/7/DBG: 6: 13476: Packet: Version 1, Cmd response, Length 24 Sep 13 2013 11:07:20.974.4-05:13 R2 RIP/7/DBG: 6: 13527: Dest 1.0.0.0, Cost 1 Sep 13 2013 11:07:20.974.5-05:13 R2 RIP/7/DBG: 6: 2688: RIP 1: Ignoring packet. This version is not configured. Refer to the debug output. Following configuration of R2, the administrator discovers that the behavior is not as expected and performs debugging. Based on the output from the debug, what is the source of the problem? A. B. C. D.

R2 has configured an ACL to block the route to network 1.0.0.0 R2 has enabled split horizon. R1 is using authentication, however R2 is not. R2 is operating using RIPv2, while R1 is using RIPv1.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 13 Refer to the graphic. An administrator has configed RIPv2 in the two routers shows in the figure. What will happen after configuring the following commands: [RTA-Serial0/0/1]rip output [RTA-rip-1]silent-interface s0/0/1 (Two Answers) A. B. C. D.

RTA will have the route learned from the RTB RTB will have the route learn from the RTA RTA will have no neighbor relationship with RTB RTB will have no neighbor relationship with RTB

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 14 Which of the following statements about a designated port working in RIPv2 multicast mode are true? (Select 3 Answers)

A. B. C. D.

The port receives only RIPv2 multicast packets. The port does not receive RIPv1 broadcast packets. The port does not receive RIPv2 broadcast packets. The port receives only RIPv1 multicast packets.

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

H12-211.exam.123q Number: H12-211 Passing Score: 800 Time Limit: 120 min

https://www.gratisexam.com/ H12-211

Huawei Certified Network Associate- Huawei Networking Technology and Device

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Exam A QUESTION 1 The network administrator wishes to transmit data between two end stations. The network interface cards of both devices operates at 100Mbps however one supports half duplex while the other uses full duplex mode. What will occur as a result?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

The end stations cannot communicate. The end stations can communicate, but data may be lost during transmission of large amounts of traffic. The end stations will operate normally The end stations can communicate, but speed is different during transmission of large amounts of traffic.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 An Ethernet port can work one of three duplex modes, whereas an Optical Ethernet port only supports one single mode. Which of the following represents this mode? A. B. C. D.

Full-duplex Half-duplex Auto-negotiation Simplex

Correct Answer: A Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 While inspecting packets in the network, a network administrator discovers a frame with the destination MAC address of 01-00-5E-A0-B1-C3. What can the administrator determine from this? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address is a unicast address. The MAC address is a broadcast address The MAC address is a multicast address. The MAC address is incorrect.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 According to OSI reference model, which layer is responsible for end to end error checking and flow control? A. B. C. D.

Physical layer Data link layer Network layer Transport layer

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 Which of the following mechanisms are used for flow control? (Choose three)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

Acknowledgement Buffering Source quench messages Windowing

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6

Refer to the capture output. The administrator has captured three packets in the network. Which statement regarding the captured packets is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

This packets represent a TCP three-way handshake process. 10.0.12.1 is the telnet server, while 10.0.12.2 is the telnet client. The three packets contain no application data. 10.0.12.1 uses port 50190 to buid the telnet connection.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 An Ethernet frame is captured by network protocol analyzer tool and the value of Type/Length field is 0x0800. Which of the following statements about the frame are correct? (Choose two) https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The frame structure of the frame is Ethernet_II The frame structure of the frame is 802.3 Its upper layer protocol is IP Its upper layer protocol is IPX

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 8 Which of the following descriptions regarding the TTL field of the IP packet is correct? A. B. C. D.

The TTL defines how many packets the source can send. The TTL defines the duration during which the source can send packets. The TTL value will decrement by 1 each time the packet is routed. The TTL value will increment by 1 each time the packet is routed.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 Which of the following statements are correct about TTL field in IP packet? (Choose two)



https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

The maximum value of TTL is 65535. Normally, it's impossible for a router to receive a packet whose TTL is zero. The main purpose of TTL is to prevent IP packets from circulating endlessly in a network which can consume a lot of bandwidth. TTL value will be decremented as a packet is passed through the network devices such as hub, LAN switch and router.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10 A network administrator recently used tracert to trace the path to the destination IP address of an external website, however the trace path displayed only a timeout result. Which of the following statements correctly explains the reason for this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The source router had shutdown the ICMP function. This destination IP address does not exist. The gateway cannot find a route to the destination. This is a normal phenomenon.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A network administrator uses the ping command to test connectivity to the destination 10.0.0.2 on a Huawei AR series router. Which statement regarding the output is correct? A. B. C. D.

The network administrator used the command ping -c 2 -s 800 10.0.0.2 The network administrator used the command ping -a 2 -v 800 10.0.0.2 The path between the source and destination is not OK. The network administrator changed the default TTL value.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12 An ARP request is sent by host A to obtain the destination MAC address of host D. Which statement is true about regarding the ARP reply? A. B. C. D.

The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of Switch A. The destination IP address of this packet is the VLANIF1 IP address of Switch A. The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of Host A. The destination IP address of this packet is a broadcast IP address.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 13 Which of the following applications can be used to detect the path along which the data packets are transmitted from the source to the destination?

A. B. C. D.

Route Netstat Tracert Send

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 14 How many probe packets are sent for each TTL value by default when "tracert" is used to detect the path along which packet is sent from source to destination? A. B. C. D.

3 4 6 8

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 15 Which of the following types can ICMP packets be classified into? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

ICMP transport packet ICMP error reporting packet ICMP query packet ICMP application packet

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 16 On VRP platform, which of the following parameters can be used together with the "ping" command to specify the source address of an echo request message? A. B. C. D.

A S D N

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 17 A router functioning as a Proxy receives an ARP request packet, but finds that the destination address in the packet is not intended for itself. In this case, what will the router do? (Choose two) A. Discard the packet. B. Check for a route that matches the destination address. C. Forward its MAC address to the ARP request sender after finding that a route to the destination address is available.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

D. Broadcast the ARP request packet. Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 18 Two end stations in a point-to-point network perform address resolution. Which of the following statements is correct? A. B. C. D.

The destination address of an ARP request from each station will be a unicast MAC address. The destination address of an ARP request from each station will be a broadcast IP address. The destination address of an ARP reply from each station will be a unicast MAC address. The destination address of an ARP reply from each station will be a broadcast MAC address.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 19 What will the destination MAC address be at the moment a frame is transmitted by the host, when the router is the IP destination? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address of the switch. The MAC address of the router interface G0/0/0. The MAC address of the host. The destination MAC address will be a broadcast MAC address.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 20 Which of the following statements about gratuitous ARP packets are true? (Choose two) A. A system can determine whether conflicting IP addresses are used by sending a gratuitous ARP packet

https://www.gratisexam.com/ B. A gratuitous ARP packet uses the same format as an ARP request packet. C. A gratuitous ARP packet can help to update an IP address. D. A gratuitous ARP packet uses the same format as an ARP reply packet. Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 21 UDP is connectionless oriented, which of the following must be used in order to ensure reliability? A. B. C. D.

Internet Protocol Application Layer Protocol Network Layer Protocol Transmission Control Protocol

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 22 The administrator has configured an IP address for Host A and Host B, but had forgotten to configure a default gateway. What effect will this have on the hosts? A. B. C. D.

Neither host will be affected, and therefore will be able to communicate with the peer. Host A will be unable to connect to the router’s G0/0/0 interface. Hosts will be unable to communicate unless arp-proxy is enabled on the router. The host will be unable to reach neither the local nor remote network destinations.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 23 A host has established a telnet connection with the router attached to interface G0/0/0. Which of the following statements are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The destination address of a frame sent by the host will be the MAC address of the router interface. The destination address of a frame will be the MAC address of the switch interface. The destination port number in a segment header will have a value of 80. The destination IP address of a packet will be the IP address of the network interface of the router.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 24 The administrator uses the ping command on the host to test connectivity to the website www.huawei.com. The command line shows a request time out. The administrator displays the ARP entries for the host. Which entry will be found in the ARP cache table of the host? https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The MAC address of the destination www.huawei.com will exist in the ARP cache. The MAC address of the switch will exist in the ARP cache. The IP address of the destination www.huawei.com will exist in the ARP cache. The MAC address of router interface G0/0/0, will exist in the ARP cache.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 25 When R2 forwards data to R3 from R1, which of the following items will change? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The source MAC address The destination MAC address The source IP address The destination IP address

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 26 If Host B also configured the IP address as “192.168.1.1/24”, an IP address config will occur. What will happen as a result? A. B. C. D.

Host B will send an ICMP request to the destination with the configured IP address. If a reply is received, the host will notify of an address conflict. Host A will send a gratuitous ARP request to resolve the MAC address of the destination 192.168.1.1, for which Host B will reply. Host B will send a gratuitous ARP request to resolve the MAC address of the destination 192.168.1.1, for which Host A will reply. Host A will ignore any received ARP request intended for destination 192.168.1.1.

Correct Answer: C

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 27

Refer to the graphic. A switch attempts to forward a frame to the MAC destination 5489-98ec-f01. What operation will occur on the switch? A. B. C. D.

The switch will send a request to obtain the MAC address of 5489-98ec-f011. The switch will report that the destination is unreachable and report this to the source. The switch will flood the frame via all ports, with exception of the port on which the frame was received. The switch will drop the frame because it does not have an entry in its MAC address table.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 28 Host A has been connected to switch A and configured with an IP address. When Host A initially forwards a frame, what action will be taken by Switch A? A. Switch A will drop this frame. B. Switch A will attempt to flood the frame to all ports except for the G0/0/1 interface.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. Switch A will forward the frame via ports G0/0/1, G0/0/2 and G0/0/3. D. Switch will receive this frame before returning the frame to G0/0/1. Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 29 A server is linked to port interface G0/0/1 of a switch. The administrator wishes to allow only this server to be linked to this interface on the switch. Which method can be used to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

Configure a static ARP entry using the server’s IP address and MAC address in the switch. Configure a static MAC address binding entry of the server’s MAC address and the interface in the switch. Configure the default gateway of the switch to be the same as the server’s IP address. It is not possible to enable a single device to be associated with an interface.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 30 An administrator connects two switches together in a local enterprise network. The ports of one switch support Fast Ethernet, while the ports of the other switch support Gigabit Ethernet. Hosts connected to one switch are able to communicate, however communication between the two switches fails. What is the possible reason for this? A. B. C. D.

The ports have disabled auto-negotiation. One port is supporting auto-negotiation, while auto-negotiation is disabled on the port of the other switch. The port of one switch is operating using half duplex mode, while the port of the other switch is using full duplex mode. A Fast Ethernet port cannot communicate directly with a Gigabit Ethernet port.

Correct Answer: A

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 31 A layer 2 LAN switch generates CAM table entries according to the ( ) of the received frame. A. B. C. D.

Source MAC address Destination MAC address Source IP address Destination IP address

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 32 Which of the following statements about collision domains and broadcast domains are correct? (Choose three) A. B. C. D. E.

Devices connected to the same hub form a collision domain Devices connected to the same hub form a broadcast domain Devices connected to the same bridge form a collision domain Devices connected to the same bridge form a broadcast domain Devices connected to the same router form a broadcast domain

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 33 Which of the following are routed protocols? (Choose two)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

IP OSPF BGP IPX

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 34 Which of the following statements regarding the routing table are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The next hop in the routing table is redundant because the outgoing interface can be used for packet forwarding. The routes from generated by different protocols have different preferences. The metrics of different routing protocols are comparable. The metrics of different routing protocols are not comparable

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 35 Which of the following commands can be used to display the routing table on a Quidway router?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. display ip path B. display ip routing-table https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. display interface D. display current-configuration Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 36 Which of the following entries is not included in the routing table? A. B. C. D.

source address next hop destination address cost

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 37 Which of the following problems are caused by routing loops? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Slow convergence Packets circulate between routers Router restarting Inconsistency of routing information

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 38 An administrator wishes to manage the router in the remote branch office, which method can be used? A. B. C. D.

Telnet FTP Console Connection DHCP

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 39 The administrator cannot use telnet to manage the AR2200. The administrator is able to verify connectivity to the router and has been informed that other administrators have no difficulties using telnet. Which statements describe the possible reasons for this problem? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The user’s status has been blocked The user’s privilege level has been changed to 0. The user has been deleted. The telnet service in the AR2200 router has been disabled.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 40 A user logged into a VRP supported device through telnet, but when attempting to configure the device, found that he is unable to use the system-view command to enter the system-view. What are the possible reasons for this? (Choose two)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The device’s VTY interface only provides permission for some telnet users to run the system-view command. The user’s telnet software restricts use of this command. The user’s privilege level is lower than the level associated with the system-view command. The system-view command privilege level is lower than the level associated with the user.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 41 The users who log on the router through Telnet are not permitted to configure IP address. What is the possible reason? A. B. C. D.

Communication failures occur between the user and the router. The authentication mode of Telnet is set incorrectly. Privilege level of Telnet is set incorrectly. SNMP parameters are set incorrectly.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 42 Which of the following statements are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

A single collision domain exists between RTA and SWC. A single broadcast domain exists between SWA and SWB. A single collision domain exists between SWA and SWC. A single broadcast domain exists between SWA and SWC.

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 43 On the interface serial 1/0/1 of RTA, the command “ip address unnumbered interface loopback 0” has been configured. Which following statements are correct? (Choose two). A. B. C. D.

The IP address of interface serial 1/0/1 is 10.1.1.1/24 The IP address of interface serial 1/0/1 is 10.1.1.1/32 The route entry 10.1.1.0/24 exists in RTA’s routing-table The route entry 10.1.1.0/24 does not exist in RTA’s routing-table

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 44 Refer to the graphic. The host has a problem establishing a telnet connection with the router attached to interface G0/0/0. Which of the following steps can be used to help the administrator identify the problem? (Choose two)

A. B. C. D.

Check whether the host has configured the gateway IP address. Check whether the switch has configured the gateway IP address. Use the ping tool to check connectivity between host and router. Check the telnet server configuration is right on the router.

Correct Answer: CD

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 45 Which of the following methods are supported by VRP platform to configure the router? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Through the Console port Through Telnet Through the AUX port Through FTP

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 46 The administrator wishes to update the configuration file of an AR2200 router using a USB cable. How can this be achieved? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The administrator should connect the USB cable between the terminal and the mini USB port of the AR2200 router. The administrator should connect the USB cable between the terminal and the USB port of the AR2200 router. The AR2200 router cannot support configuration updates through a USB cable. The administrator should install the mini USB drivers on the terminal after connecting the USB.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 47

https://www.gratisexam.com/

The administrator wishes to manage a network through telnet from a user's terminal to a router. How can this be achieved? A. A connection should be established between the ethernet port of the terminal and the console port of the router. B. A connection should be established between the ethernet port of the terminal and the ethernet port of the router. C. A connection should be established between the console port of the terminal and the ethernet port of the router.use console cable connect pc’s ethernet port and router’s console port. D. A connection should be established between the COM port of the terminal and the console port of the router. Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 48 Whilst configuring a device, an administrator experiences trouble remembering certain commands. Which of the following will help support the administrator? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

TAB question mark ctrl+b ctrl+c

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 49

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Refer to the configuration output. The administrator configured the device using the commands in the configuration output. Regarding these commands, which statement is false?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

The administrator wishes to enable management through the console interface. Following configuration, the administrator cannot manage the device remotely. A user that logs-in through the console interface is assigned the highest privilege level. The password of a user logged in through console is ‘cipher huawei2012’.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 50 Which of the following commands is used to enter the system-view from the user view on a Huawei router? A. B. C. D.

system-view enable configure terminal interface system

Correct Answer: A

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 51 On VRP platform, the command lines are classified into four levels in increasing priority: Visit level, Monitoring level, Configuration level, and Management level. At which level, the operator is permitted to configure service but is not permitted to operate the file system? A. B. C. D.

Visit level Monitoring level Configuration level Management level

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 52 On Huawei VRP platform, which of the following can be used to invoke the history command saved by the command line interface? (Choose two)

A. B. C. D.

Up cursor key < > Left cursor key < > Ctrl+P Ctrl+U

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 53 Which of the following commands can be used to view the current configurations on a Huawei router? A. B. C. D.

display current-configuration display saved-configuration view saved-configuration show startup-configuration

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 54 The administrator wishes to change name of the router. Under which view should the administrator be in order to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

User-view System-view Interface-view Protocol-view

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 55 system-view [Huawei]command-privilege level 3 view user save Refer to the command output. What is the result of the shown command?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The command adjusts the save command of a user to privilege level 3. The command adjusts the save command in the user view to privilege level 3. The command adjusts the user view command privilege level to 3, and saves the configuration. The command adjusts the privilege level of a user to 3, and saves the configuration.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 56 Which of the following storage devices are supported by Huawei router? (Select four) A. B. C. D. E.

SDRAM NVRAM Flash Hard Disk CF Card

Correct Answer: ABCE Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 57 Which of the following storage devices is used to store the startup configuration files in a router?

A. SDRAM B. NVRAM

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. Flash D. BootROM Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 58 reset saved-configuration Warning: The action will delete the saved configuration in the device. The configuration will be erased to reconfigure. Continue? [Y/N]: Refer to the configuration output. Which of the following statements are true? (Select two answers) A. B. C. D.

A user should enter ‘Y’ when wishing to clear the saved configuration file. The saved-configuration file that the device starts with can be erased. The saved-configuration will be deleted after typing N The saved-configuration file will be replaced with the current-configuration.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 59 When a router is powered on, the router reads the configuration file saved in the default save directory to get itself initialized. If the configuration file does not exist in the default save directory, what does the router use to initialize itself? A. B. C. D.

New configuration file Initial configuration file Default parameters Current configuration file

Correct Answer: C

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 60

Refer to the display output. Which statement is false? A. B. C. D.

The current configuration file has not been saved. The current startup system software is ar2220-v200r003c00spc200.cc The next startup system software cannot be changed. The next startup system software can be changed by using the “startup system software .cc” command.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 61

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Warning: Auto-Config is working. Before configuring the device, stop Auto-Config. If you perform configurations when Auto-Config is running, the DHCP, routing, DNS, and VTY configurations will be lost. Do you want to stop Auto-Config? [y/n]: When an administrator first initializes the router, a warning is displayed. Which statement regarding this warning is correct?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. If Auto-Config is required, the administrator should select ‘y’. B. If Auto-Config is not required, the administrator should select ‘n’, for which subsequent configuration of the DHCP server, routing, DNS server and VTY user configuration is lost. C. When a device is started for the first time, the Auto-Config function is active. D. When a device is started for the first time, the Auto-Config function is inactive. Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 62 An AR2200 router in the company network cannot boot. In order to resolve this, the administrator wishes to update the VRP software. What should he/she do? A. B. C. D.

The administrator should use a console cable to connect the router and host, and directly upgrade the device. The administrator should use FTP to transfer the VRP software, by configuring the AR2200 router as an FTP client. The administrator should use DHCP to boot the AR2200, and then use the AR2200 router as a TFTP client to download the VRP software from the server. The administrator should use the telnet command on the client to remote access the device, and upgrade the VRP software.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 63

Warning: Auto-Config is working. Before configuring the device, stop Auto-Config. If you perform configurations when Auto-Config is running, the DHCP, routing, DNS, and VTY configurations will be lost. Do you want to stop Auto-Config? [y/n]: Refer to the output. When the administrator first starts the router, a system notice is displayed, however after rebooting this router, the notice disappeared. What is the reason for this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

This notice only appears during the very first device startup. The administrator has configured the device and saved the configuration, causing the notice to disappear. The administrator selected ‘n’ and did not save the configuration. The administrator selected ‘y’ and saved the configuration.

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 64 An end system is unable to communicate with a DHCP server following the startup process. Which IP address may be used by the client? A. B. C. D.

0.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 169.254.2.33 255.255.255.255

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 65

Refer to the configuration output. The administrator wishes to configure the DHCP server pool in order to assign an IP address to the customer’s terminal device. Which command should be included in the configuration to provide the minimal lease period for IP addresses? A. B. C. D.

dhcp select relay lease day 1 lease 24 lease 0

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 66 A DHCP server has been established in the enterprise network. After the client has obtained an IP address from the DHCP server, the user decided to modify the IP address manually. In what way may this affect the enterprise network? (Choose two). A. B. C. D.

The client may experience an IP address conflict. The client may access the network normally. The client’s interface connection will shutdown. The client will associate with another DHCP server.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 67 A DHCP server in the enterprise network is being used to allocated IP addresses to hosts. An administrator discovers however that some hosts are obtaining IP addresses outside of the scope of the DHCP server’s address pool. What are the possible reasons for this? (Choose three). A. B. C. D.

Another DHCP server exists in the network and is allocating IP addresses to hosts that happen to be within a closer proximity than the authorized DHCP server. The hosts were unable to discover a DHCP server and therefore generated their own address in the 169.254.0.0 address range. The hosts were unable to discover a DHCP server and therefore generated their own address in the 127.254.0.0 address range. All addresses from the DHCP pool have been assigned.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 68

Refer to the configuration output. Following configuration, a host is connected to the interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/1 of the router. Which IP address will the client obtain?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

An IP address from network 10.10.10.0/24 will be assigned. An IP address from network 10.20.20.0/24 will be assigned. The host will be unable to obtain an IP address. An IP address may be assigned from either 10.10.10.0/24 or 10.20.20.0/24.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 69 An authenticator router has been configured with two domains named “Area1” and “Area2”, following which a user is created with the username “huawei” and the password ”hello” for authentication. Which domain does this user belongs to?

A. B. C. D.

Area1 domain Area2 domain default domain default_admin domain

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 70 In order to check if the interface serial 1/0/0 is working in either DCE or DTE mode, command ( ) is used. A. B. C. D.

display mode serial 1/0/0 display controller display interface serial 1/0/0 display current-config

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 71 How is mapping performed on a DTE device in a Frame Relay network? A. B. C. D.

The local DLCI number is mapped to a remote IP address. The local IP address is mapped to a remote DLCI number. The local DLCI number is mapped to a local IP address. The remote DLCI number is mapped to a remote IP address.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 72 If Frame Relay implements dynamic address mapping for the PVC, which protocol will be used? A. B. C. D.

LMI protocol ARP protocol RARP protocol InARP protocol

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 73 Which command should be used to check the mapping between protocol addresses and frame relay addresses? A. display fr interface B. display fr map-info

https://www.gratisexam.com/ C. display fr inarp-info D. display interface brief Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 74 Which of the following protocols is used in Frame Relay to map the address to DLCI dynamically?

A. ARP protocol

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. RARP protocol C. InARP protocol D. Map protocol Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 75 Which of the following parameters must be specified when configuring static mapping for Frame Relay network? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

Local DLCI Remote DLCI Local network layer protocol address Remote network layer protocol address

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 76 Which of the following regarding Frame Relay DLCI are correct? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

DLCI is locally significant DLCI is allocated by DTE The range of DLCI value that can be used is from 16-1007 The same DLCI can be configured on different physical interfaces

Correct Answer: ACD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 77 Which of the following commands is used to enable dynamic address mapping protocol in the interface encapsulated with Frame Relay? A. B. C. D.

fr inarp fr reverse-arp inverse-arp reverse-arp

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 78 What is the meaning of 200 in the command "fr map ip 10.1.1.2 200"? A. B. C. D.

remote logical channel ID local DLCI remote interface ID remote node ID

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 79 Which of the following commands can be used to display mapping relationship between network address and DLCI? A. B. C. D.

display fr interface display fr display fr map-info display fr brief https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 80 Which of following may be the reasons that cause Frame Relay PVC to work abnormally? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Same DLCI number is configured on the same router LMI type mismatch Frame Relay encapsulation type mismatch Incorrect configuration of the DLCI number

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 81 An administrator wishes to update the VRP software of company’s AR2200 router. How can this be achieved? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

The administrator can use FTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the FTP client. The administrator can use FTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the FTP server. The administrator can use TFTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the TFTP server. The administrator can use TFTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the TFTP client.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 82

https://www.gratisexam.com/

An administrator wishes to implement new features in the network, but the VRP version of one AR2200 router is out of date. The administrator needs to upgrade the VRP software. Which of the following options regarding file transfer is false? A. B. C. D.

The AR2200 router can function as a TFTP client to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as the TFTP server to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as the FTP server to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as an FTP client to support the upgrade.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 83 FTP and TFTP can be used to update the system file on Huawei routers. Which of the following statements are correct? (Choose three)

A. B. C. D.

Huawei router can be configured as FTP Client Huawei router can be configured as FTP Server Huawei router can be configured as TFTP Client Huawei router can be configured as TFTP Server

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 84

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Which of the following IPv6 addresses can be configured on a router’s interface? (Choose two). A. B. C. D.

fe80:13dc::1/64 ff00:8a3c::9b/64 ::1/128 2001:12e3:1b02::21/64

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 85 The IPv6 address achitecture does not include which of the following address types? A. B. C. D.

unicast multicast broadcast anycast

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 86 Which of the following descriptions regarding IPv6 addresses are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

IPv6 addresses are 64 bits in length. IPv6 addresses are 128 bits in length. IPv6 extension headers are processed in order. IPv6 extension headers are processed randomly.

Correct Answer: BC

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 87 Interface G0/0/1 on RTA contains a MAC address of 00e0-fc03-aa73 and is configured with the IPv6 address 2001::2E0:FCFF:FE03:AA73. Which method is most likely to have been used to configure the interface IPv6 address? A. B. C. D.

DHCPv6 Auto-link ARP EUI-64

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 88 In a small network supporting IPv6, a network administrator wishes implement RIPng. Which of the following commands should be used to enable this protocol?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

[RTA-GigabitEthernet0/0/0]ripng 1 enable [RTA]ripng 1 enable ripng 1 enable [RTA-ripng-1]ripng 1 enable

Correct Answer: A

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 89 In a network supporting IPv6, OSPF no longer supports which feature? A. B. C. D.

multiple areas Router-ID authentication multicast updates

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 90 The network administrator has decided to configure link aggregation in the enterprise network. Which of the following represent advantages of link aggregation? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Load balancing. Improved bandwidth. Enhanced reliability. Improved security.

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 91

https://www.gratisexam.com/

In port aggregation, “multiple” ports are aggregated to form a port aggregation group so that all the member ports in the group share the outgoing/incoming load. At which layer is port aggregation implemented? A. B. C. D.

Physical Layer Data Link Layer Network Layer Transport Layer

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 92 What benefits does port aggregation yield? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Improves link bandwidth Implements load sharing Improves network reliability Facilitates data copy for analysis

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 93 What is the maximum number of member interfaces supported by a single Eth-Trunk? A. B. C. D.

6 8 10 12

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 94 The Eth-Trunk frame forwarding mechanism used to prevent changes in the data sequence forwards frames based on which of the following parameters? A. B. C. D.

The same source or destination IP address. The same source or destination MAC address. The same protocol type. The same source or destination port number.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 95 In Layer 2 mode, the transmission rate of an Eth-Trunk interface is determined by which of the following? A. B. C. D.

Maximum number of Up member links Minimum number of Up member links Number of Up member interfaces Number of interfaces.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 96 The network administrator wishes to forward data over an Eth-trunk, however associated member interfaces operate at different rates. In terms of the resulting

https://www.gratisexam.com/

behavior, which of the following is true? A. B. C. D.

The two switches will not be able to communicate. The higher rate member interfaces may incur packet loss. The Eth-Trunk will work normally. The lower rate member interfaces may incur packet loss.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 97 [RTA-GigabitEthernet0/0/0]nat outbound 2000 address-group 1 Refer to the configuration output. What does the value “2000” refer to? A. B. C. D.

It represents the ACL number. It represents the NAT number. It represents the translated port number. It represents the number of bytes that can be translated before the address is returned to the public address pool.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 98 NAPT uses the same public address but different port numbers to translate private addresses. Which statement regarding the port number is correct? A. It is necessary to configure port number mapping manually. B. It is only necessary to configure the port number range. C. It is not necessary to configure port numbers.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

D. An access control list is needed to assign port numbers. Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 99 A configured internal host of a private network wishes to access the internet. What must be configured on the enterprise network’s edge router in order to achieve this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

NAT EasyIP DHCP BGP Default route

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 100 Which of the following statements are correct about NAT? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

NAT is the abbreviation for "Network Address Translation". NAT is used for translation between private and public network addresss. When hosts inside a private network access the outside network, NAT is not required. NAT provides an effective way to solve the problem of insufficient IP addresses.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 101 Which of the following technologies can allow a host with IP address 10.0.0.1 to access the internet? A. B. C. D.

Static route Dynamic route Route import NAT

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 102 Which of the following items can be translated by NAPT? A. B. C. D.

MAC address + port number IP address + port number Only MAC address Only IP address

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 103 Which of the following statements about a designated port working in RIPv2 multicast mode are true? (Choose three) A. The port receives only RIPv2 multicast packets.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/ B. The port does not receive RIPv1 broadcast packets. C. The port does not receive RIPv2 broadcast packets. D. The port receives only RIPv1 multicast packets. Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 104 Which of the following statements regarding the router ID in OSPF are incorrect? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

The router IDs of OSPF routers in the same area must be the same, but can be different in different areas. The router ID must be the IP address of an OSPF router interface. The router ID must be configured manually. A router running OSPF must have a router ID for it to operate properly.

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 105 Which of the following statements regarding Designated Routers in OSPF are correct? (Choose three) A. DR is elected by all the routers in the same network segment. B. If the priorities of two routers are different, the router with the lower priority will be elected as DR.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. If the priorities of two routers are equal, the router with the higher Router ID will be elected as DR. D. DR and BDR must be adjacent. Correct Answer: ACD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 106 On the VRP platform, which of the following commands is used to configure the Router ID of a router as 1.1.1.1? A. B. C. D.

router id 1.1.1.1 [Huawei]router id 1.1.1.1 [Huawei]router-id 1.1.1.1 [Huawei]router id 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.255

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 107 Which of the following OSPF versions is specific to IPv6? A. B. C. D.

OSPFv1 OSPFv2 OSPFv3 OSPFv4

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 108 The administrator wishes to configure OSPF on a router in the network however the router has no loopback interface. Which value will be used as the router ID? A. B. C. D.

The lowest IP address of the router’s active interfaces. The highest IP address of the router’s active interfaces. The IP address of the management interface. The priority value of the router.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 109 An administrator of a company supporting a large enterprise network wishes to implement OSPF on the network as opposed to RIP. Which of the following points should the administrator use to support his reasoning for this change? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

OSPF has no hop count limitation. OSPF has a lower routing update overhead. OSPF has a simpler configuration. OSPF supports faster convergence.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 110 Which of the following statements regarding single area OSPF are correct? (Choose three) A. An IP address needs to be configured on a loopback interface of each router before configuring an OSPF area. B. The value of an area can be from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. A single area can be configured using any supported area number. D. All of the links of the network need to be advertised in Area 0. Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 111 10.0.1.0/24 O_ASE 150 2 D 10.0.23.3 Serial2/0/0 Refer to the display output. Which of the following statements regarding route shown are true? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The address 10.0.23.3 has been configured on the peer’s serial 2/0/0 interface. The route preference has been changed by the administrator. The metric for the route 10.0.1.0 indicates that two hops are needed. The route has been learned via the OSPF protocol.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 112 Which of the following statements regarding link-state database and routing-table of a “single” OSPF area are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The link-state databases that all routers build are identical. The link-state databases that all routers build are different. The routing-tables that all routers calculate are different. The routing-tables that all routers calculate are identical.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 113 With what kind of routers does a DRother router exchange link state information and route information? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

DR BDR DRother All OSPF neighbors

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 114 An OSPF area is a collection of a group of routers and networks. OSPF defines that routers that have the same ( ) belong to the same OSPF area. A. B. C. D.

neighbors LSDB LSA adjacency

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 115 Which of the following statements about router IDs are true? (Choose two) A. The routers contained in the same LSDB have the same router ID. B. Each router in an OSPF network must have a unique router ID. C. Two routers in different OSPF areas can have the same router ID.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

D. A router ID is expressed in a 32-bit dotted decimal format. Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 116 OSPF allows for “multiple” processes. By default, OSPF selects a process whose number is ( ).

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

0 1 10 100

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 117 In a network supporting IPv6, OSPF no longer supports which feature? A. B. C. D.

multiple areas Router-ID authentication multicast updates

Correct Answer: C

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 118 Two routers are configured with OSPFv3. OSPFv3 is enabled on all interfaces of each router. Which of the following is true in the event that the network administrator does not configure a Router-ID? A. B. C. D.

The IP address of the loopback 0 interface will be used as the router ID. The IP address of the loopback 1 interface will be used as the router ID. The IP address of interface G0/0/0 will be used as the router ID. No router ID will be assigned to the router.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 119

Refer to the graphic. Which of the following statements is correct when this router forwards the packet to the destination host 9.1.4.5? A. The router selects the first entry to match the destination address of the packet because the preference of OSPF is higher than the preference of RIP. B. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the cost of RIP is lower than that of OSPF. C. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the outgoing interface is an Ethernet interface. The forwarding speed of an Ethernet interface is faster than the forwarding speed of a serial interface D. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the router will match the most specific address.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 120 According to the default value of route preference on the VRP platform, which of the following represent the correct sequence for direct route, static route, RIP and OSPF if they are listed from high preference to low preference? A. B. C. D.

Direct, Static, RIP, OSPF Direct, OSPF, Static, RIP Direct, OSPF, RIP, Static Direct, RIP, Static, OSPF

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 121 Two routers are connected through serial interfaces and support PPP encapsulation. Which parameters must be negotiated to establish the PPP connection? (Choose three). A. B. C. D.

MRU Authentication password Magic-Number IP address

Correct Answer: ACD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 122 What are the three protocol components defined by PPP? (Choose three). A. B. C. D.

Data encapsulation. LCP NCP IPCP

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 123 Two routers are connected via serial interfaces and the link-protocol is PPP, but the MRU of two serial interfaces are different, in PPP LCP negotiated stage, what will happen? A. B. C. D.

LCP negotiation will fail Negotiation will use the smaller value Negotiation will use the larger value Negotiation will use 1500

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/

H12-211.exam.120q Number: H12-211 Passing Score: 800 Time Limit: 120 min File Version: 1 Huawei H12-211

https://www.gratisexam.com/ Huawei Certified Network Associate- Huawei Networking Technology and Device

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Exam QUESTION 1 Which of the following applications can be used to detect the path along which the data packets are transmitted from the source to the destination?

A. B. C. D.

Route Netstat Tracert Send

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 How many probe packets are sent for each TTL value by default when "tracert" is used to detect the path along which packet is sent from source to destination?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

3 4 6 8

Correct Answer: A Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 Which of the following types can ICMP packets be classified into? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

ICMP transport packet ICMP error reporting packet ICMP query packet ICMP application packet

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4 On VRP platform, which of the following parameters can be used together with the "ping" command to specify the source address of an echo request message? A. B. C. D.

A S D N

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 A router functioning as a Proxy receives an ARP request packet, but finds that the destination address in the packet is not intended for itself. In this case, what will the router do? (Choose two)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

Discard the packet. Check for a route that matches the destination address. Forward its MAC address to the ARP request sender after finding that a route to the destination address is available. Broadcast the ARP request packet.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 Two end stations in a point-to-point network perform address resolution. Which of the following statements is correct? A. B. C. D.

The destination address of an ARP request from each station will be a unicast MAC address. The destination address of an ARP request from each station will be a broadcast IP address. The destination address of an ARP reply from each station will be a unicast MAC address. The destination address of an ARP reply from each station will be a broadcast MAC address.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 What will the destination MAC address be at the moment a frame is transmitted by the host, when the router is the IP destination? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address of the switch. The MAC address of the router interface G0/0/0. The MAC address of the host. The destination MAC address will be a broadcast MAC address.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 8 Which of the following statements about gratuitous ARP packets are true? (Choose two)

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

A system can determine whether conflicting IP addresses are used by sending a gratuitous ARP packet A gratuitous ARP packet uses the same format as an ARP request packet. A gratuitous ARP packet can help to update an IP address. A gratuitous ARP packet uses the same format as an ARP reply packet.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9 UDP is connectionless oriented, which of the following must be used in order to ensure reliability? A. B. C. D.

Internet Protocol Application Layer Protocol Network Layer Protocol Transmission Control Protocol

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 10 The administrator has configured an IP address for Host A and Host B, but had forgotten to configure a default gateway. What effect will this have on the hosts? A. B. C. D.

Neither host will be affected, and therefore will be able to communicate with the peer. Host A will be unable to connect to the router’s G0/0/0 interface. Hosts will be unable to communicate unless arp-proxy is enabled on the router. The host will be unable to reach neither the local nor remote network destinations.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11 A host has established a telnet connection with the router attached to interface G0/0/0. Which of the following statements are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The destination address of a frame sent by the host will be the MAC address of the router interface. The destination address of a frame will be the MAC address of the switch interface. The destination port number in a segment header will have a value of 80. The destination IP address of a packet will be the IP address of the network interface of the router.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12 The administrator uses the ping command on the host to test connectivity to the website www.huawei.com. The command line shows a request time out. The administrator displays the ARP entries for the host. https://www.gratisexam.com/

Which entry will be found in the ARP cache table of the host? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address of the destination www.huawei.com will exist in the ARP cache. The MAC address of the switch will exist in the ARP cache. The IP address of the destination www.huawei.com will exist in the ARP cache. The MAC address of router interface G0/0/0, will exist in the ARP cache.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 13 When R2 forwards data to R3 from R1, which of the following items will change? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The source MAC address The destination MAC address The source IP address The destination IP address

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 14 If Host B also configured the IP address as “192.168.1.1/24”, an IP address config will occur. What will happen as a result? A. B. C. D.

Host B will send an ICMP request to the destination with the configured IP address. If a reply is received, the host will notify of an address conflict. Host A will send a gratuitous ARP request to resolve the MAC address of the destination 192.168.1.1, for which Host B will reply. Host B will send a gratuitous ARP request to resolve the MAC address of the destination 192.168.1.1, for which Host A will reply. Host A will ignore any received ARP request intended for destination 192.168.1.1.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 15

Refer to the graphic. A switch attempts to forward a frame to the MAC destination 5489-98ec-f01. What operation will occur on the switch? A. B. C. D.

The switch will send a request to obtain the MAC address of 5489-98ec-f011. The switch will report that the destination is unreachable and report this to the source. The switch will flood the frame via all ports, with exception of the port on which the frame was received. The switch will drop the frame because it does not have an entry in its MAC address table.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 16 Host A has been connected to switch A and configured with an IP address. When Host A initially forwards a frame, what action will be taken by Switch A?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

Switch A will drop this frame. Switch A will attempt to flood the frame to all ports except for the G0/0/1 interface. Switch A will forward the frame via ports G0/0/1, G0/0/2 and G0/0/3. Switch will receive this frame before returning the frame to G0/0/1.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 17 A server is linked to port interface G0/0/1 of a switch. The administrator wishes to allow only this server to be linked to this interface on the switch. Which method can be used to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

Configure a static ARP entry using the server’s IP address and MAC address in the switch. Configure a static MAC address binding entry of the server’s MAC address and the interface in the switch. Configure the default gateway of the switch to be the same as the server’s IP address. It is not possible to enable a single device to be associated with an interface.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 18 An administrator connects two switches together in a local enterprise network. The ports of one switch support Fast Ethernet, while the ports of the other switch support Gigabit Ethernet. Hosts connected to one switch are able to communicate, however communication between the two switches fails.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

What is the possible reason for this? A. B. C. D.

The ports have disabled auto-negotiation. One port is supporting auto-negotiation, while auto-negotiation is disabled on the port of the other switch. The port of one switch is operating using half duplex mode, while the port of the other switch is using full duplex mode. A Fast Ethernet port cannot communicate directly with a Gigabit Ethernet port.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 19 A layer 2 LAN switch generates CAM table entries according to the ( ) of the received frame. A. B. C. D.

Source MAC address Destination MAC address Source IP address Destination IP address

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 20 Which of the following statements about collision domains and broadcast domains are correct? (Choose three) A. B. C. D. E.

Devices connected to the same hub form a collision domain Devices connected to the same hub form a broadcast domain Devices connected to the same bridge form a collision domain Devices connected to the same bridge form a broadcast domain Devices connected to the same router form a broadcast domain

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 21 Which of the following statements regarding layer-2 switch is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

The switch learns MAC addresses automatically. The layer-3 header is modified before the received packet is transmitted. The layer-2 header is modified before the received packet is transmitted. The layer-2 LAN switch operates at data link layer.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 22

Refer to the display output. What can be determined based on the output of the display command? A. B. C. D.

Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is connected to a wrong cable Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is not associated with an IP address Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is not associated with a dynamically defined route. Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 has been manually shut down by an administrator.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 23 Which of the following statements regarding static and dynamic routing is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

The static route can be easily configured and managed on the enterprise network. The use of dynamic routing is more convenient for the administrator to manage the network following network convergence. The static route can automatically recover when a link failure is encountered. Dynamic routing will use more resources than static routes.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 24 Which of the following are routed protocols? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

IP OSPF BGP IPX

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 25 Which of the following statements regarding the routing table are correct? (Choose two)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

The next hop in the routing table is redundant because the outgoing interface can be used for packet forwarding. The routes from generated by different protocols have different preferences. The metrics of different routing protocols are comparable. The metrics of different routing protocols are not comparable

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 26 Which of the following commands can be used to display the routing table on a Quidway router? A. B. C. D.

display ip path display ip routing-table display interface display current-configuration

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 27 Which of the following entries is not included in the routing table? A. source address B. next hop

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. destination address D. cost Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 28 Which of the following problems are caused by routing loops? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Slow convergence Packets circulate between routers Router restarting Inconsistency of routing information

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 29 An administrator wishes to manage the router in the remote branch office, which method can be used? A. B. C. D.

Telnet FTP Console Connection DHCP

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 30 The administrator cannot use telnet to manage the AR2200. The administrator is able to verify connectivity to the router and has been informed that other administrators have no difficulties using telnet. Which statements describe the possible reasons for this problem? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The user’s status has been blocked The user’s privilege level has been changed to 0. The user has been deleted. The telnet service in the AR2200 router has been disabled.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 31 A user logged into a VRP supported device through telnet, but when attempting to configure the device, found that he is unable to use the system-view command to enter the system-view. What are the possible reasons for this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The device’s VTY interface only provides permission for some telnet users to run the system-view command. The user’s telnet software restricts use of this command. The user’s privilege level is lower than the level associated with the system-view command. The system-view command privilege level is lower than the level associated with the user.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 32 The users who log on the router through Telnet are not permitted to configure IP address.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

What is the possible reason? A. B. C. D.

Communication failures occur between the user and the router. The authentication mode of Telnet is set incorrectly. Privilege level of Telnet is set incorrectly. SNMP parameters are set incorrectly.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 33 Which of the following statements are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

A single collision domain exists between RTA and SWC. A single broadcast domain exists between SWA and SWB. A single collision domain exists between SWA and SWC. A single broadcast domain exists between SWA and SWC.

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 34 On the interface serial 1/0/1 of RTA, the command “ip address unnumbered interface loopback 0” has been configured. Which following statements are correct? (Choose two). A. B. C. D.

The IP address of interface serial 1/0/1 is 10.1.1.1/24 The IP address of interface serial 1/0/1 is 10.1.1.1/32 The route entry 10.1.1.0/24 exists in RTA’s routing-table The route entry 10.1.1.0/24 does not exist in RTA’s routing-table

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 35 Refer to the graphic. The host has a problem establishing a telnet connection with the router attached to interface G0/0/0. Which of the following steps can be used to help the administrator identify the problem? (Choose two)

A. B. C. D.

Check whether the host has configured the gateway IP address. Check whether the switch has configured the gateway IP address. Use the ping tool to check connectivity between host and router. Check the telnet server configuration is right on the router.

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 36 Which of the following methods are supported by VRP platform to configure the router? (Choose three)

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. Through the Console port

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. Through Telnet C. Through the AUX port D. Through FTP Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 37 The administrator wishes to update the configuration file of an AR2200 router using a USB cable. How can this be achieved? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The administrator should connect the USB cable between the terminal and the mini USB port of the AR2200 router. The administrator should connect the USB cable between the terminal and the USB port of the AR2200 router. The AR2200 router cannot support configuration updates through a USB cable. The administrator should install the mini USB drivers on the terminal after connecting the USB.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 38 The administrator wishes to manage a network through telnet from a user's terminal to a router. How can this be achieved? A. A connection should be established between the ethernet port of the terminal and the console port of the router. B. A connection should be established between the ethernet port of the terminal and the ethernet port of the router. C. A connection should be established between the console port of the terminal and the ethernet port of the router.use console cable connect pc’s ethernet port and router’s console port. D. A connection should be established between the COM port of the terminal and the console port of the router.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 39 Whilst configuring a device, an administrator experiences trouble remembering certain commands. Which of the following will help support the administrator? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

TAB question mark ctrl+b ctrl+c

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 40

Refer to the configuration output. The administrator configured the device using the commands in the configuration output. Regarding these commands, which statement is false? A. The administrator wishes to enable management through the console interface. B. Following configuration, the administrator cannot manage the device remotely.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. A user that logs-in through the console interface is assigned the highest privilege level. D. The password of a user logged in through console is ‘cipher huawei2012’. Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 41 Which of the following is abbreviation of VRP? A. B. C. D.

Versatile Routine Platform Virtual Routing Platform Virtual Routing Plane Versatile Routing Platform

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 42 Which of the following must be used to establish the configuration environment when a router is powered on for the first time? A. B. C. D.

SSL SSH Console port Telnet

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 43 Which of the following parameter settings for terminal emulation are correct when configuring a Huawei router through the Console port? A. B. C. D.

4800bps, 8 data bits,1 stop bits, odd parity check, and no flow control 9600bps, 8 data bits, 1 stop bits, no parity check, and no flow control 9600bps, 8 data bits, 1 stop bits, even parity check, and hardware flow control 19200bps, 8 data bits, 1 stop bits, no parity check, and no flow control

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 44 Which of the following commands is used to enter the system-view from the user view on a Huawei router? A. B. C. D.

system-view enable configure terminal interface system

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 45 On VRP platform, the command lines are classified into four levels in increasing priority: Visit level, Monitoring level, Configuration level, and Management level. At which level, the operator is permitted to configure service but is not permitted to operate the file system? A. B. C. D.

Visit level Monitoring level Configuration level Management level https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 46 On Huawei VRP platform, which of the following can be used to invoke the history command saved by the command line interface? (Choose two)

A. B. C. D.

Up cursor key < > Left cursor key < > Ctrl+P Ctrl+U

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 47 Which of the following commands can be used to view the current configurations on a Huawei router?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. display current-configuration

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. display saved-configuration C. view saved-configuration D. show startup-configuration Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 48 The administrator wishes to change name of the router. Under which view should the administrator be in order to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

User-view System-view Interface-view Protocol-view

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 49 system-view [Huawei]command-privilege level 3 view user save Refer to the command output. What is the result of the shown command? A. B. C. D.

The command adjusts the save command of a user to privilege level 3. The command adjusts the save command in the user view to privilege level 3. The command adjusts the user view command privilege level to 3, and saves the configuration. The command adjusts the privilege level of a user to 3, and saves the configuration.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 50 system-view [Huawei]history-command max-size 20 Refer to the command output. Which statements regarding the shown command are true? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The command is used to adjust the size of the history command buffer. The default value of the history command buffer is 5. The command should be configured in the user-interface view. Once configured, commands totaling up to 20 bytes can be saved in the buffer.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 51 An AR2200 router is required to be reconfigured from scratch. Which steps are needed to achieve this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

Reset the saved configuration. Clear the current configuration. Reboot the AR2200. Assign the configuration file to be used at next startup.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 52 An administrator has been requested to replace the configuration file of a router in the network. The administrator has been instructed that after logging into the https://www.gratisexam.com/

router, he must first permanently erase the current configuration file config.zip from the system. Which command should he use to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

delete /force config.zip delete /unreserved config.zip reset config.zip clear config.zip

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 53 Which of the following commands can switch a view from the system view to the user view? A. B. C. D.

System-view Router Quit User-view

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 54 Which of the following storage devices are supported by Huawei router? (Select four) A. B. C. D.

SDRAM NVRAM Flash Hard Disk

https://www.gratisexam.com/

E. CF Card Correct Answer: ABCE Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 55 Which of the following storage devices is used to store the startup configuration files in a router?

A. B. C. D.

SDRAM NVRAM Flash BootROM

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 56 reset saved-configuration Warning: The action will delete the saved configuration in the device. The configuration will be erased to reconfigure. Continue? [Y/N]: Refer to the configuration output. Which of the following statements are true? (Select two answers) A. A user should enter ‘Y’ when wishing to clear the saved configuration file. B. The saved-configuration file that the device starts with can be erased.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. The saved-configuration will be deleted after typing N D. The saved-configuration file will be replaced with the current-configuration. Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 57 When a router is powered on, the router reads the configuration file saved in the default save directory to get itself initialized. If the configuration file does not exist in the default save directory, what does the router use to initialize itself? A. B. C. D.

New configuration file Initial configuration file Default parameters Current configuration file

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 58

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Refer to the display output. Which statement is false? A. B. C. D.

The current configuration file has not been saved. The current startup system software is ar2220-v200r003c00spc200.cc The next startup system software cannot be changed. The next startup system software can be changed by using the “startup system software .cc” command.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 59

Warning: Auto-Config is working. Before configuring the device, stop Auto-Config. If you perform configurations when Auto-Config is running, the DHCP, routing, DNS, and VTY configurations will be lost. Do you want to stop Auto-Config? [y/n]: When an administrator first initializes the router, a warning is displayed. Which statement regarding this warning is correct?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. If Auto-Config is required, the administrator should select ‘y’. B. If Auto-Config is not required, the administrator should select ‘n’, for which subsequent configuration of the DHCP server, routing, DNS server and VTY user configuration is lost. C. When a device is started for the first time, the Auto-Config function is active. D. When a device is started for the first time, the Auto-Config function is inactive. Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 60 An AR2200 router in the company network cannot boot. In order to resolve this, the administrator wishes to update the VRP software. What should he/she do? A. B. C. D.

The administrator should use a console cable to connect the router and host, and directly upgrade the device. The administrator should use FTP to transfer the VRP software, by configuring the AR2200 router as an FTP client. The administrator should use DHCP to boot the AR2200, and then use the AR2200 router as a TFTP client to download the VRP software from the server. The administrator should use the telnet command on the client to remote access the device, and upgrade the VRP software.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 61

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Warning: Auto-Config is working. Before configuring the device, stop Auto-Config. If you perform configurations when Auto-Config is running, the DHCP, routing, DNS, and VTY configurations will be lost. Do you want to stop Auto-Config? [y/n]: Refer to the output. When the administrator first starts the router, a system notice is displayed, however after rebooting this router, the notice disappeared. What is the reason for this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

This notice only appears during the very first device startup. The administrator has configured the device and saved the configuration, causing the notice to disappear. The administrator selected ‘n’ and did not save the configuration. The administrator selected ‘y’ and saved the configuration.

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 62 An end system is unable to communicate with a DHCP server following the startup process. Which IP address may be used by the client? A. B. C. D.

0.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 169.254.2.33 255.255.255.255

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 63

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Refer to the configuration output. The administrator wishes to configure the DHCP server pool in order to assign an IP address to the customer’s terminal device. Which command should be included in the configuration to provide the minimal lease period for IP addresses? A. B. C. D.

dhcp select relay lease day 1 lease 24 lease 0

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 64 A DHCP server has been established in the enterprise network. After the client has obtained an IP address from the DHCP server, the user decided to modify the IP address manually. In what way may this affect the enterprise network? (Choose two). A. B. C. D.

The client may experience an IP address conflict. The client may access the network normally. The client’s interface connection will shutdown. The client will associate with another DHCP server.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 65 A DHCP server in the enterprise network is being used to allocated IP addresses to hosts. An administrator discovers however that some hosts are obtaining IP addresses outside of the scope of the DHCP server’s address pool. What are the possible reasons for this? (Choose three). A. B. C. D.

Another DHCP server exists in the network and is allocating IP addresses to hosts that happen to be within a closer proximity than the authorized DHCP server. The hosts were unable to discover a DHCP server and therefore generated their own address in the 169.254.0.0 address range. The hosts were unable to discover a DHCP server and therefore generated their own address in the 127.254.0.0 address range. All addresses from the DHCP pool have been assigned.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 66

Refer to the configuration output. Following configuration, a host is connected to the interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/1 of the router. Which IP address will the client obtain?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

An IP address from network 10.10.10.0/24 will be assigned. An IP address from network 10.20.20.0/24 will be assigned. The host will be unable to obtain an IP address. An IP address may be assigned from either 10.10.10.0/24 or 10.20.20.0/24.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 67 The IP addresses of clients in the network are deployed via a DHCP server. When a host reboots, which message will the host first send to the DHCP server? A. B. C. D.

DHCP DISCOVER DHCP REQUEST DHCP OFFER DHCP ACK

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 68 A DHCP Unique Identifier (DUID) in DHCPv6 can be configured in VRP using which formats? (Choose two). A. DUID-LL B. DUID-LLT C. DUID-EN https://www.gratisexam.com/

D. DUID-LLC Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 69 Which of the following statements about the information contained in a Database Description packet are true? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

A Database Description packet contains all information about each LSA. A Database Description packet contains only the header of an LSA. The header of an LSA is the unique identifier of the LSA. The header of an LSA is only a small portion of all the data of the LSA.

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 70 What is the default authentication mode for the default_admin domain?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

None Local Radius 802.1X

Correct Answer: B

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 71 How many domains can be configured on a Huawei router? A. B. C. D.

30 31 32 33

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 72 An authenticator router has been configured with two domains named “Area1” and “Area2”, following which a user is created with the username “huawei” and the password ”hello” for authentication. Which domain does this user belongs to?

A. B. C. D.

Area1 domain Area2 domain default domain default_admin domain

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 73 In order to check if the interface serial 1/0/0 is working in either DCE or DTE mode, command ( ) is used. A. B. C. D.

display mode serial 1/0/0 display controller display interface serial 1/0/0 display current-config

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 74 How is mapping performed on a DTE device in a Frame Relay network? A. B. C. D.

The local DLCI number is mapped to a remote IP address. The local IP address is mapped to a remote DLCI number. The local DLCI number is mapped to a local IP address. The remote DLCI number is mapped to a remote IP address.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 75 If Frame Relay implements dynamic address mapping for the PVC, which protocol will be used? A. LMI protocol B. ARP protocol

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. RARP protocol D. InARP protocol Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 76 Which command should be used to check the mapping between protocol addresses and frame relay addresses? A. B. C. D.

display fr interface display fr map-info display fr inarp-info display interface brief

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 77 Which of the following protocols is used in Frame Relay to map the address to DLCI dynamically?

A. B. C. D.

ARP protocol RARP protocol InARP protocol Map protocol

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 78 Which of the following parameters must be specified when configuring static mapping for Frame Relay network? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

Local DLCI Remote DLCI Local network layer protocol address Remote network layer protocol address

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 79 Which of the following regarding Frame Relay DLCI are correct? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

DLCI is locally significant DLCI is allocated by DTE The range of DLCI value that can be used is from 16-1007 The same DLCI can be configured on different physical interfaces

Correct Answer: ACD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 80 Which of the following commands is used to enable dynamic address mapping protocol in the interface encapsulated with Frame Relay?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

fr inarp fr reverse-arp inverse-arp reverse-arp

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 81 What is the meaning of 200 in the command "fr map ip 10.1.1.2 200"? A. B. C. D.

remote logical channel ID local DLCI remote interface ID remote node ID

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 82 Which of the following commands can be used to display mapping relationship between network address and DLCI?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. display fr interface B. display fr

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. display fr map-info D. display fr brief Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 83 Which of following may be the reasons that cause Frame Relay PVC to work abnormally? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Same DLCI number is configured on the same router LMI type mismatch Frame Relay encapsulation type mismatch Incorrect configuration of the DLCI number

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 84 An administrator wishes to update the VRP software of company’s AR2200 router. How can this be achieved? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

The administrator can use FTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the FTP client. The administrator can use FTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the FTP server. The administrator can use TFTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the TFTP server. The administrator can use TFTP to transfer the VRP software, with the AR2200 router as the TFTP client.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 85 An administrator wishes to implement new features in the network, but the VRP version of one AR2200 router is out of date. The administrator needs to upgrade the VRP software. Which of the following options regarding file transfer is false? A. B. C. D.

The AR2200 router can function as a TFTP client to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as the TFTP server to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as the FTP server to support the upgrade. The AR2200 router can function as an FTP client to support the upgrade.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 86 FTP and TFTP can be used to update the system file on Huawei routers. Which of the following statements are correct? (Choose three)

A. B. C. D.

Huawei router can be configured as FTP Client Huawei router can be configured as FTP Server Huawei router can be configured as TFTP Client Huawei router can be configured as TFTP Server

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 87 An administrator discovered he/she was unable to use TFTP to transfer files to the router. Which of the following describes the likely reason for this? A. B. C. D.

The TFTP service had been disabled on the router. TCP port 69 of the server had been blocked. UDP port 69 of the server had been blocked. The username and password had been modified.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 88 FTP may be used to upgrade a router's VRP image. Which of the following transmission modes should be used to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

binary mode ASCII mode byte mode letter mode

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 89 A client failed to transfer a file to the FTP server, but found the IP connectivity was without problem. The client assumed that the problem was with the port configuration. The blocking of which ports would likely cause this problem? (Choose two) https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

21 80 20 50649

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 90 When using VRP, which of the following commands is used to configure the data link layer encapsulation type of a serial interface as HDLC? A. B. C. D.

encapsulation hdlc link-protocol hdlc hdlc enable link-protocol ppp

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 91 A configured internal host of a private network wishes to access the internet. What must be configured on the enterprise network’s edge router in order to achieve this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

NAT EasyIP DHCP BGP Default route

Correct Answer: AD

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 92 Which of the following statements are correct about NAT? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

NAT is the abbreviation for "Network Address Translation". NAT is used for translation between private and public network addresss. When hosts inside a private network access the outside network, NAT is not required. NAT provides an effective way to solve the problem of insufficient IP addresses.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 93 Which of the following technologies can allow a host with IP address 10.0.0.1 to access the internet? A. B. C. D.

Static route Dynamic route Route import NAT

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 94 Which of the following items can be translated by NAPT?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

MAC address + port number IP address + port number Only MAC address Only IP address

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 95 Which of the following statements about a designated port working in RIPv2 multicast mode are true? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

The port receives only RIPv2 multicast packets. The port does not receive RIPv1 broadcast packets. The port does not receive RIPv2 broadcast packets. The port receives only RIPv1 multicast packets.

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 96 Which of the following statements regarding the router ID in OSPF are incorrect? (Choose three) A. The router IDs of OSPF routers in the same area must be the same, but can be different in different areas. B. The router ID must be the IP address of an OSPF router interface.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. The router ID must be configured manually. D. A router running OSPF must have a router ID for it to operate properly. Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 97 Which of the following statements regarding Designated Routers in OSPF are correct? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

DR is elected by all the routers in the same network segment. If the priorities of two routers are different, the router with the lower priority will be elected as DR. If the priorities of two routers are equal, the router with the higher Router ID will be elected as DR. DR and BDR must be adjacent.

Correct Answer: ACD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 98 On the VRP platform, which of the following commands is used to configure the Router ID of a router as 1.1.1.1? A. B. C. D.

router id 1.1.1.1 [Huawei]router id 1.1.1.1 [Huawei]router-id 1.1.1.1 [Huawei]router id 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.255

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 99 Which of the following OSPF versions is specific to IPv6? A. B. C. D.

OSPFv1 OSPFv2 OSPFv3 OSPFv4

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 100 The administrator wishes to configure OSPF on a router in the network however the router has no loopback interface. Which value will be used as the router ID? A. B. C. D.

The lowest IP address of the router’s active interfaces. The highest IP address of the router’s active interfaces. The IP address of the management interface. The priority value of the router.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 101 An administrator of a company supporting a large enterprise network wishes to implement OSPF on the network as opposed to RIP. Which of the following points should the administrator use to support his reasoning for this change? (Choose three) A. OSPF has no hop count limitation. B. OSPF has a lower routing update overhead.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. OSPF has a simpler configuration. D. OSPF supports faster convergence. Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 102 Which of the following statements regarding single area OSPF are correct? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

An IP address needs to be configured on a loopback interface of each router before configuring an OSPF area. The value of an area can be from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255. A single area can be configured using any supported area number. All of the links of the network need to be advertised in Area 0.

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 103 10.0.1.0/24 O_ASE 150 2 D 10.0.23.3 Serial2/0/0 Refer to the display output. Which of the following statements regarding route shown are true? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The address 10.0.23.3 has been configured on the peer’s serial 2/0/0 interface. The route preference has been changed by the administrator. The metric for the route 10.0.1.0 indicates that two hops are needed. The route has been learned via the OSPF protocol.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 104 Which of the following statements regarding link-state database and routing-table of a “single” OSPF area are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The link-state databases that all routers build are identical. The link-state databases that all routers build are different. The routing-tables that all routers calculate are different. The routing-tables that all routers calculate are identical.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 105 Which of the following steps are necessary to configure OSPF on a Huawei router? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Configuration of a router ID Enabling of an OSPF process Specifying an OSPF area Configuration of the network segments within each area

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 106 Which of the following statements regarding the DR in an OSPF network are correct? (Choose two) A. There must be at least one DR in an OSPF area. B. A DR must be elected among the routers through the negotiations that are defined by OSPF protocol. C. Only the router with highest priority will be elected as DR.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

D. Only NBMA or Broadcast networks need to elect DR. Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 107 Which of the following VRP commands can be used to enter area 0 view? (Choose two)

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. B. C. D.

[Huawei]ospf area 0 [Huawei-ospf-1]area 0 [Huawei-ospf-1]area 0.0.0.0 [Huawei-ospf-1]area 0 enable

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 108 Which of the following commands is used to display the OSPF neighbor relationship establishment? A. B. C. D.

display ospf neighbor display ospf brief display ospf peer display ospf interface

Correct Answer: C

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 109 With what kind of routers does a DRother router exchange link state information and route information? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

DR BDR DRother All OSPF neighbors

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 110 An OSPF area is a collection of a group of routers and networks. OSPF defines that routers that have the same ( ) belong to the same OSPF area. A. B. C. D.

neighbors LSDB LSA adjacency

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 111 Which of the following statements about router IDs are true? (Choose two)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. B. C. D.

The routers contained in the same LSDB have the same router ID. Each router in an OSPF network must have a unique router ID. Two routers in different OSPF areas can have the same router ID. A router ID is expressed in a 32-bit dotted decimal format.

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 112 OSPF allows for “multiple” processes. By default, OSPF selects a process whose number is ( ). A. B. C. D.

0 1 10 100

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 113 In a network supporting IPv6, OSPF no longer supports which feature? A. B. C. D.

multiple areas Router-ID authentication multicast updates

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 114 Two routers are configured with OSPFv3. OSPFv3 is enabled on all interfaces of each router. Which of the following is true in the event that the network administrator does not configure a Router-ID? A. B. C. D.

The IP address of the loopback 0 interface will be used as the router ID. The IP address of the loopback 1 interface will be used as the router ID. The IP address of interface G0/0/0 will be used as the router ID. No router ID will be assigned to the router.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 115

Refer to the graphic. Which of the following statements is correct when this router forwards the packet to the destination host 9.1.4.5?

https://www.gratisexam.com/ A. The router selects the first entry to match the destination address of the packet because the preference of OSPF is higher than the preference of RIP. B. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the cost of RIP is lower than that of OSPF.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the outgoing interface is an Ethernet interface. The forwarding speed of an Ethernet interface is faster than the forwarding speed of a serial interface D. The router selects the second entry to match the destination address of the packet because the router will match the most specific address. Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 116 According to the default value of route preference on the VRP platform, which of the following represent the correct sequence for direct route, static route, RIP and OSPF if they are listed from high preference to low preference? A. B. C. D.

Direct, Static, RIP, OSPF Direct, OSPF, Static, RIP Direct, OSPF, RIP, Static Direct, RIP, Static, OSPF

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 117 A router has learned two routes for the same network with the same prefix. One route has been learned via OSPF with a metric of 4882, while the other route has been learned via RIPv2 with a metric of 4. Which route (s) will be found in the routing table? A. B. C. D.

The RIPv2 route. The OSPF and RIPv2 routes. The OSPF route. Neither of these routes will be found in the routing table.

Correct Answer: C

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 118 Assume that the router has learnt the best route to the same destination by using RIP, OSPF and Static Route respectively. By default, the Huawei router will select the route learnt via ( ) as the best route. A. B. C. D.

RIP OSPF RIPv2 Static route

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 119 After checking the OSPF neighbor state, the administrator discovers that the router has established a TWOWAY state with the peering router. What can be understood from this information? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The routers are configured using the same process ID The routers are configured using the same area ID The routers are configured using wrong router ID The routers are considered DROthers in a broadcast network

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 120 What functions does a Hello packet of OSPF implement? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

Neighbor discovery Deletion of unreachable neighbors Maintaining of neighbor relationships Negotiation of parameters among adjacent ports

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Huawei.Premium.H12-211.by.VCEplus.201q Number: H12-211 VCEplus Passing Score: 800 Time Limit: 120 min File Version: 6.1

Exam Code: H12-211 Exam Name: HCNA-HNTD (Huawei Certified Network Associate-Huawei Network Technology and Device) Certification Provider: Huawei Corresponding Certification: HCNA-HNTD Website: www.vceplus.com Free Exam: https://vceplus.com/exam-h12-211-hcna-hntd/ Questions & Answers Exam Engine is rigorously checked before being put up for sale. We make sure there is nothing irrelevant in H12-211 exam products and you get latest questions. We strive to deliver the best H12-211 exam product for top grades in your first attempt.

VCE to PDF Converter : https://vceplus.com/vce-to-pdf/ Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/VCE.For.All.VN/ Twitter : https://twitter.com/VCE_Plus Google+ : https://plus.google.com/+Vcepluscom LinkedIn : https://www.linkedin.com/company/vceplus

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

QUESTION 1 An administrator currently manages AR2200 devices in the network through a single password, however the company wishes to introduce another two administrators and provide unique user credentials and privilege levels for telnet access to the network devices. What action can be taken? (choose three) A. B. C. D.

Configure three users under the AAA-view, and assign each a different password. The authentication mode must be changed to AAA. Each administrator must be assigned a privilege level. A public IP address must be assigned to each user for telnet access

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 2 Which of the following authentication methods are supported for Telnet users? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Password authentication AAA local authentication MD5 authentication No authentication

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 3 Which authentication modes does AAA support? (Choose three) A. None B. Local

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

C. Radius D. 802.1X Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 4

Refer to the configuration output. RTA has been configured using AAA as shown, and associated with the "huawei" domain. For users in the huawei domain, which authentication-scheme will be used? A. B. C. D.

au1 au2 au1 will be used. When au1 is deleted, users will use au2 au2 will be used when au2 is deleted, users will use au1

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 5 A user accesses a server supporting AAA, for which the authorization mode on the AAA server has been configured using the command "authorization-mode hwtacacs if-authenticated". Which of the following statements regarding this command are true? (Choose three). A. B. C. D.

If the hwtacacs server fails to respond, the user will be authenticated using local authentication. If the hwtacacs server fails to respond, the user will be authenticated using remote authentication. If the hwtacacs server fails to respond, the user will bypass authentication. The hwtacacs server will authorize the user.

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 6 Which of the following descriptions regarding eSight is not correct? A. B. C. D.

eSight is used to monitor and manage enterprise networks. eSight supports only Huawei devices. eSight supports WLAN management and monitoring of hotspot coverage. eSight supports the backup of configuration flies and network traffic analysis

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 7 what of the following statements is correct regarding access control list types and ranges? A. B. C. D.

A basic ACL value ranges from 1000-2999 An advanced ACL value ranges from 3000-4000 A layer 2 ACL value ranges from 4000-4999 An interface ACL value ranges 1000-2000

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 8

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Which of the following parameters is not used by Advanced ACL? A. B. C. D.

Source interface Destination port number Protocol number Time-range

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 9

[Refer to the configuration output. Which of the following statements regarding ACL 2001 is correct? A. B. C. D.

Packets from network 10.0.1.0/24 network will be denied Packets from network 10.0.1.0/24 network will be permitted. Packets destined for network 10.0.1.0/24 will be denied. Packets destined for network 10.0.1.0/24 will be permitted.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 10

Refer to the configuration output. A network administrator configured the ACL on router RTA, as shown. Which of the following statements regarding the rule order are correct? (Choose two).

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

A. B. C. D.

The rule-number of the first rule is 1 The rule-number of the first rule is 5 The rule-number of the second rule is 2 The rule-number of the second rule is 10

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 11 Following a failure of services in the network, an administrator discovered that the configuration in one of the enterprise routers had been changed What actions can be taken by the administrator to prevent further changes? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

The administrator should limit access by setting the login privilege of users to 0. The administrator should configure AAA to manage user authorization on the router. The administrator should configure an ACL to allow only the administrator to manage the router. The administrator should configure port-security on the router.

Correct Answer: ABC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 12

Refer to the configuration output. Which of the following statements is correct regarding the configuration of the ACL on RTA? A. Packets from network 20.1.1.0/24 network will be denied. B. Packets from network 20.1.1.0/24 network will be permitted. C. Packets destined for network 20-1.1.0/24 will be denied

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

D. Packets destined for network 20.1.1.0/24 will be permitted. Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 13

Refer to the configuration output. Which of the following statements are correct regarding the configuration of the ACL on RTA? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

Packets from network 172.16.1.1/32 will be denied. Packets from network 172.16.1.0/24 will be denied Packets from network 172.17.1.0/24 will be denied. Packets from network 172.18.0.0/16 will be denied.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 14 The network administrator wants to improve the performance of network transmission, what steps can the administrator take? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

Change the work mode to full duplex of each end station. Link the end stations together using a switch Change the work mode to half duplex of each end station. ã—ink the end stations together using a hub

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 15 On Huawei switch, which of the following commands can be used to set port duplex mode as "auto negotiation"? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

duplex negotiation auto duplex auto-negotiation duplex auto undo duplex

Correct Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 16 The network administrator wishes to transmit data between two end stations. The network interface cards of both devices operates at 100Mbps however one supports half duplex while the other uses full duplex mode. What will occur as a result? A. B. C. D.

The end stations cannot communicate. The end stations can communicate, but data may be lost during transmission of large amounts of traffic. The end stations will operate normally The end stations can communicate, but speed is different during transmission of large amounts of traffic.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 17 An Ethernet port can work one of three duplex modes, whereas an Optical Ethernet port only supports one single mode Which of the following represents this mode?

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

A. B. C. D.

Full-duplex Half-duplex Auto-negotiation Simplex

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 18 While inspecting packets in the network, a network administrator discovers a frame with the destination MAC address of 01-00-5E-A0-B1-C3. What can the administrator determine from this? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address is a unicast address. The MAC address is a broadcast address The MAC address is a multicast address. The MAC address is incorrect.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 19 According to OSI reference model which layer is responsible for end to end error checking and flow control? A. B. C. D.

Physical layer Data link layer Network layer Transport layer

Correct Answer: D Section: (none)

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 20 Which of the following mechanisms are used for flow control? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Acknowledgement Buffering Source quench messages Windowing

Correct Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 21

Refer to the capture output. The administrator has captured three packets in the network. Which statement regarding the captured packets is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

This packets represent a TCP three-way handshake process. 10.0.12.1 is the telnet server, while 10.0.12.2 is the telnet client, The three packets contain no application data. 10.0.12.1 uses port 50190 to buid the telnet connection.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

QUESTION 22 An Ethernet frame is captured by network protocol analyzer tool and the value of Type/Length field is 0x0800. Which of the following statements about the frame are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The frame structure of the frame is Ethernet_II The frame structure of the frame is 802.3 Its upper layer protocol is IP Its upper layer protocol is IPX

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 23 Which of the following descriptions regarding the TTL field of the IP packet is correct? A. B. C. D.

The TTL defines how many packets the source can send The TTL defines the duration during which the source can send packets. The TTL value will decrement by 1 each time the packet is routed. The TTL value will increment by 1 each time the packet is routed

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 24 Which of the following statements are correct about TTL field in IP packet? (Choose two)



www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

A. B. C. D.

The maximum value of TTL is 65535. Normally, it's impossible for a router to receive a packet whose TTL is zero. The main purpose of TTL is to prevent IP packets from circulating endlessly in a network which can consume a lot of bandwidth. TTL value will be decremented as a packet is passed through the network devices such as hub, LAN switch and router.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 25 In the case of Huawei router, what is the "-i" parameter in a Ping command issued on a VRP operating system used to set? A. B. C. D.

Interface for sending an Echo Request packet Source IP address for sending an Echo Request packet Interface for receiving an Echo Reply packet Destination IP address for receiving an Echo Reply packet

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 26 To provide the information about the IP addresses that a user packet traverses along the path to the destination, which of the following does Tracert record in each expired ICMP TTL packet? A. B. C. D.

Destination port Source port Destination address Source address

Correct Answer: D Section: (none)

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 27 Which of the following statements regarding the verification of IP connectivity are false? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

The ping 127.0.0.1 command can be used to check whether the network cable is correctly inserted into the host's Ethernet port. The ping command with the host IP address as the destination can be used to verify that the TCP/IP protocol suite is functioning correctly. The ping command can be used to verify connectivity between the host and the local gateway. The command "ipconfig /release" can be used to check connectivity problems between the host and the local gateway.

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 28 A network administrator uses the ping command to check for points of failure in the network Which protocols will be used during this process? (Choose two)



A. B. C. D.

ICMP TCP ARP  UDP

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

QUESTION 29 A network administrator recently used tracert to trace the path to the destination IP address of an external website, however the trace path displayed only a timeout result. Which of the following statements correctly explains the reason for this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The source router had shutdown the ICMP function. This destination IP address does not exist. The gateway cannot find a route to the destination. This is a normal phenomenon.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 30

A network administrator uses the ping command to test connectivity to the destination 10.0.0.2 on a Huawei AR series router Which statement regarding the output is correct? A. B. C. D.

The network administrator used the command ping -c 2 -s 800 10.0.0.2 The network administrator used the command ping -a 2 -v 800 10 0.0 2 The path between the source and destination is not OK. The network administrator changed the default TTL value.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

QUESTION 31 Which of the following statements explains the behavior of the ICMP redirect function? (Choose two) A. When a router receives data on the interface via which the same data needs to be forwarded, and the source is on the same segment as the next hop, an ICMP redirect message wilI be sent by the router to the source. B. When a router receives data on an interface, and the router's IP address matches the destination IP of the data, an ICMP redirect message will be sent by the router to the source. C. When a router receives data on the interface via which the same data needs to be forwarded, and the source is on the same segment as the next hop, an ICMP Redirect message will be sent by the source to the router. D. When a router receives data on the interface via which the same data needs to be forwarded, and the source is on a different segment from the next hop, an ICMP redirect message will be sent by the router to the source Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 32 Host A wishes to send data to host c, and generates an ARP request to obtain the destination MAC address. Which statement is true? A. B. C. D.

The destination IP address of the ARP request is Host c. The destination MAC address of this ARP request is Host c. The destination IP address for the ARP request is a broadcast IP address. The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of G0/0/0 on RTA.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 33 An ARP request is sent by host A to obtain the destination MAC address of host D. Which statement is true about regarding the ARP reply?

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

A. B. C. D.

The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of Switch A. The destination IP address of this packet is the VLANIF1 IP address of Switch A The destination MAC address of this frame is the MAC address of Host A. The destination IP address of this packet is a broadcast IP address.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 34 Which of the following applications can be used to detect the path along which the data packets are transmitted from the source to the destination?



A. B. C. D.

Route Netstat Tracert Send

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 35 How many probe packets are sent for each TTL value by default when "tracert" is used to detect the path along which packet is sent from source to destination? A. B. C. D.

3 4 6 8

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 36 Which of the following types can ICMP packets be classified into? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

ICMP transport packet ICMP error reporting packet ICMP query packet ICMP application packet

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 37 On VRP platform, which of the following parameters can be used together with the "ping" command to specify the source address of an echo request message? A. B. C. D.

A s D N

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 38

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

A router functioning as a Proxy receives an ARP request packet, but finds that the destination address in the packet is not intended for itself. In this case, what will the router do? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

Discard the packet. Check for a route that matches the destination address. Forward its MAC address to the ARP request sender after finding that a route to the destination address is available. Broadcast the ARP request packet.

Correct Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 39 Two end stations in a point-to-point network perform address resolution. Which of the following statements is correct? A. B. C. D.

The destination address of an ARP request from each station will be a unicast MAC address. The destination address of an ARP request from each station will be a broadcast IP address, The destination address of an ARP reply from each station will be a unicast MAC address. The destination address of an ARP reply from each station will be a broadcast MAC address,

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 40 What will the destination MAC address be at the moment a frame is transmitted by the host, when the router is the IP destination? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address of the switch. The MAC address of the router interface G0/0/0. The MAC address of the host. The destination MAC address will be a broadcast MAC address.

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 41 Which of the following statements about gratuitous ARP packets are true? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

A system can determine whether conflicting IP addresses are used by sending a gratuitous ARP packet A gratuitous ARP packet uses the same format as an ARP request packet. A gratuitous ARP packet can help to update an IP address. A gratuitous ARP packet uses the same format as an ARP reply packet.

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 42 UDP is connectionless oriented, which of the following must be used in order to ensure reliability? A. B. C. D.

Internet Protocol Application Layer Protocol Network Layer Protocol Transmission Control Protocol

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 43 The administrator has configured an IP address for Host A and Host B, but had forgotten to configure a default gateway

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

What effect will this have on the hosts? A. B. C. D.

Neither host will be affected, and therefore will be able to communicate with the peer. Host A will be unable to connect to the router's G0/0/0 interface. Hosts will be unable to communicate unless arp-proxy is enabled on the router. The host will be unable to reach neither the local nor remote network destinations.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 44 A host has established a telnet connection with the router attached to interface G0/0/0. Which of the following statements are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The destination address of a frame sent by the host will be the MAC address of the router interface. The destination address of a frame will be the MAC address of the switch interface, The destination port number in a segment header will have a value of 80. The destination IP address of a packet will be the IP address of the network interface of the router.

Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 45 The administrator uses the ping command on the host to test connectivity to the website www.huawei.com The command line shows a request time out. The administrator displays the ARP entries for the host. Which entry will be found in the ARP cache table of the host? A. B. C. D.

The MAC address of the destination www.huawei.com will exist in the ARP cache. The MAC address of the switch will exist in the ARP cache. The IP address of the destination WWW huawei.com will exist in the ARP cache. The MAC address of router interface G0/0/0, will exist in the ARP cache.

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 46 When R2 forwards data to R3 from R1,which of the following items will change? (choose two) A. B. C. D.

The source MAC address The destination MAC address The source IP address The destination IP address

Correct Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 47 If Host B also configured the IP address as "192.168.1.1/241", an IP address config will occur. What will happen as a result? A. B. C. D.

Host B will send an ICMP request to the destination with the configured IP address. If a reply is received, the host will notify of an address conflict. Host A will send a gratuitous ARP request to resolve the MAC address of the destination 192.168.1.1, for which Host B will reply. Host B will send a gratuitous ARP request to resolve the MAC address of the destination 192.168.1.1, for which Host A will reply. Host A will ignore any received ARP request intended for destination 192.168.1.1.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 48

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Refer to the graphic. A switch attempts to forward a frame to the MAC destination 5489-98ec-f01.What operation will occur on the switch?

A. B. C. D.

The switch will send a request to obtain the MAC address of 5489-98ec-f011. The switch will report that the destination is unreachable and report this to the source. The switch will flood the frame via all ports, with exception of the port on which the frame was received. The switch will drop the frame because it does not have an entry in its MAC address table.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 49 Host A has been connected to switch A and configured with an IP address. When Host A initially forwards a frame, what action will be taken by Switch A? A. B. C. D.

Switch A will drop this frame. Switch A will attempt to flood the frame to all ports except for the G0/0/1 interface. Switch A will forward the frame via ports G0/0/1, G0/0/2 and G0/0/3. Switch will receive this frame before returning the frame to G0/0/1.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 50 A server is linked to port interface G0/0/1 of a switch. The administrator wishes to allow only this server to be linked to this interface on the switch.

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Which method can be used to achieve this? A. B. C. D.

Configure a static ARP entry using the server's IP address and MAC address in the switch. Configure a static MAC address binding entry of the server's MAC address and the interface in the switch, Configure the default gateway of the switch to be the same as the server's IP address. It is not possible to enable a single device to be associated with an interface.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 51 An administrator connects two switches together in a local enterprise network. The ports of one switch support Fast Ethernet, while the ports of the other switch support Gigabit Ethernet. Hosts connected to one switch are able to communicate, however communication between the two switches fails. What is the possible reason for this? A. B. C. D.

The ports have disabled auto-negotiation. One port is supporting auto-negotiation, while auto-negotiation is disabled on the port of the other switch. The port of one switch is operating using half duplex mode, while the port of the other switch is using full duplex mode. A Fast Ethernet port cannot communicate directly with a Gigabit Ethernet port.

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 52 A layer 2 LAN switch generates CAM table entries according to the 0 of the received frame. A. B. C. D.

Source MAC address Destination MAC address Source IP address Destination IP address

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 53 Which of the following statements about collision domains and broadcast domains are correct? (Choose three) A. B. C. D. E.

Devices connected to the same hub form a collision domain Devices connected to the same hub form a broadcast domain Devices connected to the same bridge form a collision domain Devices connected to the same bridge form a broadcast domain Devices connected to the same router form a broadcast domain

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 54 Which of the following statements regarding layer-2 switch is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

The switch learns MAC addresses automatically. The layer-3 header is modified before the received packet is transmitted. The layer-2 header is modified before the received packet is transmitted. The layer-2 LAN switch operates at data link layer.

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 55

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Refer to the display output what can be determined based on the output of the display command?

A. B. C. D.

Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is connected to a wrong cable Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is not associated with an IP address Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 is not associated with a dynamically defined route. Interface Gigabit Ethernet 0/0/0 has been manually shut down by an administrator.

Correct Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 56 Which of the following statements regarding static and dynamic routing is incorrect? A. B. C. D.

The static route can be easily configured and managed on the enterprise network. The use of dynamic routing is more convenient for the administrator to manage the network following network convergence, The static route can automatically recover when a link failure is encountered. Dynamic routing will use more resources than static routes.

Correct Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 57 Which of the following are routed protocols? (Choose two) A. IP B. OSPF C. BGP

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

D. IPX Correct Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 58 Which of the following statements regarding the routing table are correct? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The next hop in the routing table is redundant because the outgoing interface can be used for packet forwarding The routes from generated by different protocols have different preferences. The metrics of different routing protocols are comparable. The metrics of different routing protocols are not comparable

Correct Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 59 Which of the following commands can be used to display the routing table on a Quidway router? A. B. C. D.

display ip path display Ip routing-table display interface display current-configuration

Correct Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

QUESTION 60 Which of the following entries is not included in the routing table? A. B. C. D.

source address next hop destination address cost

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 61 Which of the following problems are caused by routing loops? (Choose three) A. B. C. D.

Slow convergence Packets circulate between routers Router restarting Inconsistency of routing information

Correct Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 62 An administrator wishes to manage the router in the remote branch office, which method can be used? A. B. C. D.

Telnet FTP Console Connection DHCP

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Correct Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 63 The administrator cannot use telnet to manage the AR2200. The administrator is able to verify connectivity to the router and has been informed that other administrators have no difficulties using telnet. Which statements describe the possible reasons for this problem? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The user's status has been blocked The user's privilege level has been changed to 0. The user has been deleted. The telnet service in the AR2200 router has been disabled.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference: QUESTION 64 A user logged into a VRP supported device through telnet, but when attempting to configure the device, found that he is unable to use the system- view command to enter the system-view. What are the possible reasons for this? (Choose two) A. B. C. D.

The device's VTY interface only provides permission for some telnet users to run the system-view command. The user's telnet software restricts use of this command. The user's privilege level is lower than the level associated with the system-view command. The system-view command privilege level is lower than the level associated with the user.

Correct Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Download A+ VCE (latest) free Open VCE Exams - VCE to PDF Converter - VCE Exam Simulator - VCE Online

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :ebg_30477893 Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:69.0

1.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　 QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　 QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

Стр. 1 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

√　　　

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　 QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa

Стр. 2 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

[RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　 QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　 QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　

Стр. 3 из 20

QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

11.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on nonOSPF speaking devices.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　 QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　 QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　 QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Wrong answer Correct answer： ×

Стр. 4 из 20

QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

15.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　 QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Wrong answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

18.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

Стр. 5 из 20

√　　　

×

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Correct answer Correct answer： √　　　 QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√　　　

×

Answers of examinees：√　　　 Wrong answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

21.Single Which of the following is the feature of IP protocol? a.Reliable and connectionless oriented b.Unreliable and connectionless oriented c.Reliable and connection oriented d.Unreliable and connection oriented

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： b

Стр. 6 из 20

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

22.Single What do we call the routes in the routing table that have the same cost to the same destination? a.Equivalent routes b.Sub-optimal routes c.Multipath routes d.Default routes

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single On Huawei switches running STP,the default value of forward delay is ( ) seconds. a.10 b.15 c.20 d.30

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single Which of the following is the broadcast MAC address?

Стр. 7 из 20

a.FF-FF-FF-FF b.FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF c.00-00-00-00-00-00 d.00-00-00-FF-FF-FF

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single Which of the following is the abbreviation for ICMP? a.Internal Control Mail Protocol b.Intranet Control Message Protocol c.internet connection Message Protocol d.Internet Control Message Protocol

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single Which of the following commands is used to enable dynamic address mapping protocol in the interface encapsulated with Frame Relay? a.fr inarp b.fr reverse-arp c.inverse-arp d.reverse-arp

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single

Стр. 8 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

The TTL field in an IP header specifies the number of routers that a datagram is allowed to traverse. After the datagram traverses a router, the TTL value is deducted by 1. When the TTL reaches a certain value, the datagram is discarded. Which of the following represents this value? a.0 b.1 c.-1 d.2

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single The protocol data unit that resides at network layer is called ( ). a.Segment b.Packet c.Bit d.Frame

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.Single A switch is based on port-based VLAN IDs. When the switch receives untagged frames, the VLAN ID is determined by ( ).

Стр. 9 из 20

a.BPDU b.PVID c.MAC mapping table d.IP Address

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single The data forwarding of the switch is based on ( ). a.Source MAC address b.Destination MAC address c.Source IP address d.Destination IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

31.Single When a node transmits data over a network medium, the data is transmitted to all the nodes on the network. Which topology does this network use? a.Star b.Bus c.Tree d.Ring

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single

Стр. 10 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

Which layer is the PPP protocol located in the TCP/IP protocol stack? a.Physical Layer b.Data Link Layer c.Network Layer d.Transport Layer

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

33.Single The default mask length of the IP address 219.25.23.56 is ( ) a.8 b.16 c.24 d.32

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

34.Single 12 routers connected by Frame Relay network, how many PVCs is needed if the routers is connected as a full mesh network?

Стр. 11 из 20

a.6 b.132 c.66 d.12

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

35.Single A VLAN can be considered as a ( ). a.Collision domain b.Broadcast domain c.Management domain d.Blocking domain

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single One distinct difference between the TCP/IP model and the OSI reference model is that the TCP/IP model classifies two other layers of the OSI model into the Application Layer. What are the two layers? a.Transport Layer, Presentation Layer b.Session Layer, Presentation Layer c.Transport Layer, Session Layer d.Presentation Layer, Application Layer

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

37.Single 172.16.10.32/24 is ( ) a.Network address

Стр. 12 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

b.Host address c.Multicast address d.Broadcast address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single IGP is the protocol which is used in ( ) a.An area b.A LAN c.An Autonomous System d.Within the range of classful address

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single Which of the following represents the subnet mask of the 192.168.1.7/28 IP address? a.255.255.255.240 b.255.255.255.248 c.255.255.255.224 d.255.255.255.252

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer：

Стр. 13 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

40.Single Which device operates at physical layer? a.Switch b.Hub c.Router d.Firewall

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single The IP address of a network is 12.28.75.160. After the network is divided into different subnets, the subnet mask is 255.255.252.0. In this case, which of the following represents the subnet broadcast address? a.12.28.255.255 b.12.28.69.255 c.12.28.75.255 d.12.255.255.255

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

42.Single A router with OSPF enabled calculates the shortest route to the destination by using ( ) algorithm. a.OSPF b.SPF

Стр. 14 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

c.SRC d.OPF

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single Direct interconnection of traffic with different VLANs is not allowed. Such traffic must be transmitted based on ( ). a.Port isolation b.MAC addresses c.VLAN routing d.VLAN switching

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single Which of the following protocols provides a reliability mechanism and can be used as a transport-level protocol? a.TCP b.UDP c.ICMP d.HDLC

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a

Стр. 15 из 20

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

45.Single Which of the following descriptions about VRRP is true? a.Only master processes the data sent to the virtual router b.Only slave processes the data sent to the virtual router c.Both master and slave process the data sent to the virtual router d.By default, only master processes the data sent to the virtual router. However, if slave is enabled, it can also processes the data sent to the virtual router

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the protocols are commonly used at the Data Link Layer of a WAN? a.802.2 b.802.4 c.HDLC d.PPP

Answers of examinees：ad Wrong answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

47.Multiple Choice According to the algorithms, routing protocols fall into two categories. They are ( ) a.IGP b.EGP c.Distance Vector d.Link-state

Стр. 16 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding default route are correct? a.Default route is a special type of dynamic route b.Some of the dynamic routing protocol such as OSPF can generate default routes. c.Default route is used when the destination network is not in the routing table. d.The network IP and mask of the default route is 0.0.0.0 and 0.0.0.0 respectively.

Answers of examinees：ab Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols can be used for file transfer? a.FTP b.TFTP c.TELNET d.ICMP

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice

Стр. 17 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

Which of the following descriptions about VRRP priority are correct? a.The owner of Virtual IP address always uses 255 as running priority despite of its configured priority b.The owner of Virtual IP address always uses 0 as running priority despite of its configured priority c.A router with VRRP priority 0 will not take part in master election and can permanently act as slave. d.When the master of VRRP stop running VRRP, the router will send a VRRP notification packet whose priority field is 0

Answers of examinees：bd Wrong answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

51.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols are routing protocols? a.RIP b.OSPF c.PPP d.IPX

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the route preference are correct? a.It is used by RIP and OSPF only b.It is used by all routing protocols c.It is an important factor for route selection d.The default preference value of direct route is 0

Стр. 18 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

Answers of examinees：bc Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols reside at transport layer? a.IP b.TCP c.UDP d.SNMP

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

54.Multiple Choice Which of the following parameters must be specified when configure static mapping for Frame Relay network? a.Local DLCI b.Remote DLCI c.Local network layer protocol address d.Remote network layer protocol address

Answers of examinees：ac Wrong answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

55.Multiple Choice FTP session consists of two types of connections, they are( ) a.Output connection

Стр. 19 из 20

29.11.2018, 10:38

Show question answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhi...

b.Input connection c.Control connection d.Data connection

Answers of examinees：ab Wrong answer Correct answer： cd

Стр. 20 из 20

QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

close

29.11.2018, 10:38

   

H12­211 HCNA­HNTD Mock Exam  

 

Answered by :ebg_30324562  Total exam score:100.0   Exam score:61.0  

1.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：√ 

：

     Wrong answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

2.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：√ 

：

     Wrong answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

3.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   √     

：

：√ 

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub­interface, and in each logical sub­interface, one or more MAP items can exist.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

： 

：× Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

6.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   √     

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False The fram­relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device.   [RTA]dis fr map­info    Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE)   DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0   create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE   encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   √     

：

：√ 

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

：√ 

： 

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?         √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   √     

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

     Wrong answer  

Correct answer   × QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

13.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .  

    √       

×  

Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

     Wrong answer  

Correct answer   × QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

15.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees  

：

：× Wrong answer 

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

16.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow:   [RTA]aaa    [RTA­aaa]local­user huawei password cipher hello    [RTA­aaa]local­user huawei service­type ppp    [RTA]interface Serial 0  [RTA­Serial0]link­protocol ppp   [RTA­Serial0]ppp authentication­mode chap   [RTA­Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30   The configuration on RTB is as follow:   [RTB]interface Serial 0  [RTB­Serial0]link­protocol ppp   [RTB­Serial0]ppp chap user huawei   [RTB­Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello   [RTB­Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30   With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.       √     

×

  Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer ×

： 

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non­ OSPF speaking devices.       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

： 

：× Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

20.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.       √      ×     Answers of examinees  

：√ 

      Correct answer  

Correct answer √     

：  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

21.Single Direct interconnection of traffic with different VLANs is not allowed. Such traffic must be transmitted based on ( ).            

a.Port isolation   b.MAC addresses   c.VLAN routing   d.VLAN switching  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

22.Single A switch receives entire data frame and then perform CRC checking,the frame is forwarded unless CRC checking fails. The switch mode for this switch is ?        

a.Cut­Through   b.Store­and­Forward   c.Fragment­free

   

 

d.Store­free  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：a Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

23.Single In a TCP/IP protocol stack, the headers of packets at each layer are removed in the decapsulation process in a specified manner. Which of the following is the right manner?          

a.From upper to lower    b.From lower to upper   c.From Transport Layer to the lower layers   d.From Network Layer to the upper layers  

      Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

24.Single The OSI reference model defines a simple hierarchical network model for a computer network. Which of the following standardization organizations develops the OSI reference model?            

a.ISO   b.IEEE   c.ITU   d.IETF  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer a

： 

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

25.Single Which of the following commands is used to disable automatic route aggregation for RIP?            

a.Undo rip   b.Summary   c.Undo summary   d.Undo network 10.0.0.0  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：d Wrong answer 

Correct answer   c QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

26.Single Which of the following values is the default preference value for static route on the VRP platform?      

a.0   b.20  

     

c.60   d.100  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：c Correct answer 

Correct answer   c QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

27.Single Hub work at ( ) layer.        

a.Physical   b.Data link   c.Network

   

 

d.Application  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：a Correct answer 

Correct answer   a QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

28.Single The default mask length of the IP address 219.25.23.56 is ( )            

a.8   b.16   c.24   d.32  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：d Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

29.Single Which of the following descriptions about function of VRRP is true?    

     

a.VRRP improves the reliability of the default gateway in the network    b.VRRP makes the routing protocols converge faster   c.VRRP is mainly used for load balancing    d.VRRP provides the same default gateway for different network segments, thus simplifies gateway configuration of PCs in the

network         Answers of examinees   Correct answer a

： 

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

30.Single Workstation A and workstation B are respectively connected to two ports of a switch. Assume the MAC table of the switch is empty now. Which of the following statements is true as soon as the switch receives the first packet sent by Workstation A to Workstation B?            

a.The switch will learn address of A   b.The switch will learn address of B   c.The switch will not learn any address    d.The switch will learn addresses of both A and B  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：a Correct answer 

Correct answer   a QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

31.Single Which of the following descriptions about learning state in STP is incorrect?            

a.The port in learning state can receive and send BPDU   b.The port in learning state can learn the source MAC address of data packet   c.The port in learning state can only learn the source MAC address but cannot transmit the data packet.   d.The port in learning state can forward part of the data packet  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer d

： 

：c Wrong answer 

QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

32.Single For a traditional class C network without sub­netting, how many hosts are available at most?     a.1024        

 

b.65025   c.254   d.48  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

33.Single According to OSI reference model, switch operates at ( ) layer.            

a.Physical   b.Data link   c.Transport   d.Application  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

34.Single The default subnet mask of the class D IP address is ( ) bits.            

a.8   b.16   c.24   d.Class D address does not have the subnet mask  

    Answers of examinees  

：d Correct answer 

：

Correct answer   d QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

35.Single Which of the following applications can be used to detect the path along which the data packets are transmitted from the source to the destination?              

a.Route   b.Nestat   c.Tracert   d.Send  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

36.Single Which of the following OSPF versions is specific to the IPv6 technology?                

a.OSPFv1   b.OSPFv2   c.OSPFv3   d.OSPFv4  

Answers of examinees  

：

：c Correct answer 

Correct answer   c QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

37.Single According to OSI reference model, which of the following statements about the function of network layer is correct?            

a.Ensure the correctness of data transmission   b.Control the forwarding and routing of data packet   c.Control transmission of bit flow   d.Error correction and flow control  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   b

：

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

38.Single What is the function of ARP?              

a.Map port number to IP address   b.Map MAC address to IP address   c.Broadcast IP address   d.Map IP address to Mac address  

  Answers of examinees  

：

：d Correct answer 

Correct answer   d QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

39.Single The incoming and outgoing packets of a mirrored port are copied to another port. Which of the following objects is this type of mirror action based on?          

a.Link   b.Equivalence   c.Flow   d.Port

     

 

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   d

：

：b Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

40.Single What is the port number of DNS?        

a.21   b.23  

   

c.53   d.80  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   c

：

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

41.Single Which of the following represents the network IP address corresponding to the 192.168.1.7/28 IP address?                

a.192.168.1.0   b.192.168.1.4   c.192.168.1.6   d.192.168.1.7  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   a

：

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

42.Single Which of the following multicast address represents all routers of the subnet?              

a.224.0.0.1   b.224.0.0.2   c.224.0.0.3   d.224.0.0.9  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   b

：

：d Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

43.Single The network address of the IP 190.233.27.13/16 is ( )     a.190.0.0.0  

       

b.190.233.0.0   c.190.233.27.0   d.190.233.27.1  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   b

：

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

44.Single What does the distance vector routing protocol focus on according to the discovered routes and calculated routes?     a.The number of hops on between the router and the destination      

 

b.The address of the next hop specified manually   c.Whether the egress port on the route belongs to a port aggregation group   d.Link bandwidth resource information

      Answers of examinees   Correct answer   a

：

 

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

45.Single Which of the following is abbreviation of VRP?              

a.Versatile Routine Platform   b.Virtual Routing Platform   c.Virtual Routing Plane   d.Versatile Routing Platform  

  Answers of examinees  

：

：b Wrong answer 

Correct answer   d QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

46.Multiple Choice

In STP, the bridge ID consists of two parts. They are ( ) and ( ).     a.Switch priority      

b.Switch Port ID   c.Switch MAC address

       

 

d.Switch IP address  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ac

：

：ac Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

47.Multiple Choice Two static routes to the 10.1.1.1/32 network are configured on a router. One of the static routes is not assigned with a value for the preference_value parameter; the other static route is assigned with 100 for the preference_value parameter. In this case, which of the following statements are true?              

a.The route not signed with a value for the preference_value parameter functions as the working route.   b.The route signed with 100 for the preference_value parameter functions as the working route.   c.A static route supports route backup.   d.The two static routes work in load sharing mode.  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ac

：

：bd Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 0.0

48.Multiple Choice FTP session consists of two types of connections, they are( )     a.Output connection      b.Input connection          

c.Control connection   d.Data connection  

  Answers of examinees  

：

Correct answer   cd

：cd Correct answer 

QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding OSPF area are incorrect?  

 

a.Without manual configuration, an OSPF area is a backbone area with area ID 0 by default.   b.OSPF supports area division.          

 

 

c.Every OSPF area is identified by a 32­bit Area ID number.   d.Area ID must be assigned by IANA and we can not simply assign it.  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ad

：

：ab Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 0.0

50.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols reside at transport layer?     a.IP          

b.TCP   c.UDP   d.SNMP  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   bc

：

：bc Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice Which of the following functions does LCP provide?            

a.Negotiates to establish links.   b.Negotiates to use which Layer 3 protocols.   c.Disconnects a link when the idle timer of the link expires.   d.Tests a link to check the link quality and thus to determine whether a link can be established.  

    Answers of examinees  

：cd Wrong answer 

Correct answer acd

：  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 0.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols can be used for file transfer?     a.FTP        

 

b.TFTP   c.TELNET   d.ICMP  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ab

：

：ab Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding RIP routing information are correct?      

a.User can specify the route preference of RIP higher than that of static routes.   b.If the route calculated by other routing protocol which is imported by RIP does not specify the cost value, the cost value will be

set as 1 by default     c.User can specify the route preference value of RIP lower than that of direct routes.     d.The route preference of RIP can not be configured manually.         Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ab

：

：acd Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 0.0

54.Multiple Choice OSPF routers are classified into four types. Which of the following statements about interior routers (IRs) are true?              

a.The ports on an IR belong to a same area.   b.An IR is located in the center of a physical area.   c.Only one port on an IR connects to a backbone area.   d.If all the ports on an IR belong to area 0, this IR functions as a backbone router.  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ad

：

：a Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 0.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding default route are correct?     a.Default route is a special type of dynamic route     b.Some of the dynamic routing protocol such as OSPF can generate default routes.          

c.Default route is used when the destination network is not in the routing table.    d.The network IP and mask of the default route is 0.0.0.0 and 0.0.0.0 respectively.  

  Answers of examinees  

：

：acd Wrong answer 

Correct answer   bcd QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 0.0

close

29.11.2018

Show question answer

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :ebg_30254191 Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:66.0

1.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

1/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Wrong answer Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

6.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

2/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

3/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Wrong answer Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

14.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

16.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically. file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

4/18

29.11.2018

√

Show question answer

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

5/18

29.11.2018

Answers of examinees：√

Show question answer

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single Which of the following is abbreviation of VRP? a.Versatile Routine Platform b.Virtual Routing Platform c.Virtual Routing Plane d.Versatile Routing Platform

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

22.Single Which of the following standard organizations has defined the protocol for LAN such as 802 series protocols? a.IEEE b.ITU-T c.IETF d.ETSI

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single A frame tag adds ( ) to each frame so that the frame can be transmitted through Trunk ports on switches. a.Destination MAC address b.Source MAC address of a switch c.VLAN ID file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

6/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

d.Bridge ID of a switch

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

24.Single Each router calculates the shortest path tree based on the LSDB with itself as a ( ) node. a.Root b.leaf c.Specified point d.Backup

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

25.Single Which of the following commands is used to enable dynamic address mapping protocol in the interface encapsulated with Frame Relay? a.fr inarp b.fr reverse-arp c.inverse-arp d.reverse-arp

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single Which device operates at physical layer?

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

7/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

a.Switch b.Hub c.Router d.Firewall

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single In the OSI reference model, one layer converts bits into bytes and then into frames in addition to providing medium access. Which of the following layers stands for this layer? a.Data Link Layer b.Session Layer c.Network Layer d.Application Layer

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single In STP, what is the length of bridge ID? a.8 bits b.32 bits c.48 bits d.64 bits

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

8/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.Single This device is used between the zones with different security level, control the information exchanged between two networks, enforce the implementation of unified security policy, and prevent the intruder from copying and accessing the important information illegally. In short words, it protects the security of the system. Which of the following devices provides the function mentioned above? a.Firewall b.Gateway c.Router d.IDS

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single Assume an internal network has only one route to the external networks, which of the following configurations is better? a.Default route b.Host route c.Dynamic route d.Direct route

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

31.Single STP is short for ? a.Rapid spanning tree protocol b.Shortest path tree protocol c.Spanning tree protocol d.Sharing tree protocol

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

9/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single What do we call the routes in the routing table that have the same cost to the same destination? a.Equivalent routes b.Sub-optimal routes c.Multipath routes d.Default routes

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

33.Single Which of the following together with the MAC address of a general L2 switch determines the MAC address table of the L2 switch? a.RARP table b.Transmission medium c.Port d.ARP table

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

34.Single Which of the following is the function of session layer? a.Provide encryption and decryption b.Provide data transformation and data format

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

10/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

c.Establish connection between hosts d.Establish maintain and terminate session

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

35.Single Which of the following is used by routers to forward the packets on the network? a.DNS lookups b.ARP tables c.Routing tables d.MAC address tables

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single 172.16.10.32/24 is ( ) a.Network address b.Host address c.Multicast address d.Broadcast address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single How many hosts are available in the network 154.27.0.0 without sub-netting?

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

11/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

a.254 b.1024 c.65,534 d.16,777,206

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single A router with OSPF enabled calculates the shortest route to the destination by using ( ) algorithm. a.OSPF b.SPF c.SRC d.OPF

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single Which of the following represents the network IP address corresponding to the 192.168.1.7/28 IP address? a.192.168.1.0 b.192.168.1.4 c.192.168.1.6 d.192.168.1.7

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0 file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

12/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

40.Single When a node transmits data over a network medium, the data is transmitted to all the nodes on the network. Which topology does this network use? a.Star b.Bus c.Tree d.Ring

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single The default subnet mask of the class D IP address is ( ) bits. a.8 b.16 c.24 d.Class D address does not have the subnet mask

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

42.Single In a destination MAC address, which bit of the address determines whether a frame is sent to a “single” station or a group of stations? a.0 b.1 c.8 d.48

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

13/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single The PDU (Protocol Data Unit) that resides at physical layer is called ( ) a.Frame b.Packet c.Segment d.Binary bit flow

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

44.Single What does the distance vector routing protocol focus on according to the discovered routes and calculated routes? a.The number of hops on between the router and the destination b.The address of the next hop specified manually c.Whether the egress port on the route belongs to a port aggregation group d.Link bandwidth resource information

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single Which of the following multicast address represents all routers of the subnet? a.224.0.0.1 b.224.0.0.2 c.224.0.0.3

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

14/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

d.224.0.0.9

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Compared to static routing protocol, which of the following are the advantages of dynamic routing protocol? a.Low bandwidth consumption b.Simple c.The router running dynamic routing protocol can detect the changes of the network topology automatically. d.The router running dynamic routing protocol can calculate the routes automatically.

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

47.Multiple Choice OSPF routers are classified into four types. Which of the following statements about interior routers (IRs) are true? a.The ports on an IR belong to a same area. b.An IR is located in the center of a physical area. c.Only one port on an IR connects to a backbone area. d.If all the ports on an IR belong to area 0, this IR functions as a backbone router.

Answers of examinees：ad Correct answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice Two static routes to the 10.1.1.1/32 network are configured on a router. One of the static routes is not assigned with a value for the preference_value parameter; the other static route is assigned with 100 for the preference_value parameter. In this case, which of the following statements are true?

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

15/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

a.The route not signed with a value for the preference_value parameter functions as the working route. b.The route signed with 100 for the preference_value parameter functions as the working route. c.A static route supports route backup. d.The two static routes work in load sharing mode.

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice According to the algorithms, routing protocols fall into two categories. They are ( ) a.IGP b.EGP c.Distance Vector d.Link-state

Answers of examinees：ab Wrong answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

50.Multiple Choice Which of the protocols are commonly used at the Data Link Layer of a WAN? a.802.2 b.802.4 c.HDLC d.PPP

Answers of examinees：ab Wrong answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0 file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

16/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

51.Multiple Choice What features does RIPv2 provide? a.Extension of subnet mask(VLSM) b.Large scale network c.Plain text authentication d.MD5 encrypted text authentication

Answers of examinees：acd Correct answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following are the interface states of STP? a.Disabled b.Blocking c.Shut down d.Learning e.Forwarding

Answers of examinees：ade Wrong answer Correct answer： abde QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the backbone area in OSPF protocol are correct? a.The area ID of the backbone area is 0.0.0.1. b.Each area must be connected to the backbone area. c.Backbone area is responsible for advertising the aggregated routing information generated by ABR between non-backbone areas. d.ABR connects to different areas and at least one of the connected area is backbone area.

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

17/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：bd Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

54.Multiple Choice FTP session consists of two types of connections, they are( ) a.Output connection b.Input connection c.Control connection d.Data connection

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following are routed protocols? a.IP b.OSPF c.BGP d.IPX

Answers of examinees：ab Wrong answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

close

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer.html

18/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :ebg_30291626 Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:88.0

1.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

1/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

2/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

9.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

3/18

29.11.2018

√

Show question answer

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

16.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

4/18

29.11.2018

√

Show question answer

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

5/18

29.11.2018

Answers of examinees：√

Show question answer

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single The subnet mask of a class A address is 255.255.240.0. How many bits are used for sub-netting? a.4 b.5 c.9 d.12

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

22.Single Which of the following standards is defined by IEEE to regulate the implementation of VLAN between switches? a.802.1x b.802.1d c.802.1q d.802.3

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

23.Single A VLAN can be considered as a ( ). a.Collision domain b.Broadcast domain c.Management domain

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

6/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

d.Blocking domain

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single When a node transmits data over a network medium, the data is transmitted to all the nodes on the network. Which topology does this network use? a.Star b.Bus c.Tree d.Ring

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single The main idea of STP is to generate a loop-free tree by exchanging a special kind of message between bridges. This message is called ( ). a.Configuration BPDU b.TCN BPDU c.Hello BPDU d.Update BPDU

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single The network address of the IP 190.233.27.13/16 is ( )

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

7/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

a.190.0.0.0 b.190.233.0.0 c.190.233.27.0 d.190.233.27.1

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single Which of the following parameters is used by RIP to calculate the value of cost? a.MTU b.Delay c.Bandwidth d.Hop count

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single Which of the following is reserved for loopback address? a.127.0.0.0 b.130.0.0.0 c.164.0.0.0 d.200.0.0.0

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

8/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

29.Single A port of the switch belongs to VLAN 5. If VLAN 5 is removed by using command "undo vlan 5", then which VLAN does this port belong? a.0 b.1 c.1023 d.1024

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single VLAN is short for? a.Virtual local area network b.Virtual long area network c.Virtual local area networking d.Virtual long area networking

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

31.Single Which protocol does FTP use to provide reliable data transmission? a.RTP b.SIP c.UDP d.TCP

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

9/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single A backbone OSPF area is responsible for releasing the information collected by each border router to non-backbone OSPF areas. Which of the following represents the ID of a backbone OSPF area? a.area 0 b.area 1 c.area 0.0.0.1 d.area 0.0.0.2

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

33.Single multiple PCs are connected to the same hub through twisted pair cables. What's its logical topology structure? a.Star b.Tree c.Mesh d.Ring e.Bus

Answers of examinees：e Correct answer Correct answer： e QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

34.Single The first three octets of a Class C IP address represent a network. Which of the following binary numbers does the first byte of the three octets start with? a.101 b.100 http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

10/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

c.110 d.10

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

35.Single Which TCP port number is used by SMTP by default to send e-mail message? a.21 b.23 c.25 d.53

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single The incoming and outgoing packets of a mirrored port are copied to another port. Which of the following objects is this type of mirror action based on? a.Link b.Equivalence c.Flow d.Port

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

11/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

The common address in an IP address is globally unique. Which of the following addresses can be used repeated in a LAN? a.Host address b.Private address c.Network address d.Subnet address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single The default mask of class B address is ( ). a.255.0.0.0 b.255.255.0.0 c.255.255.255.0 d.255.225.255.255

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single Routers are a type of computer equipment for network interconnections. Which layer of the OSI reference model does a router work at? a.Session Layer b.Data Link Layer c.Network Layer d.Application Layer

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

12/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

40.Single Which of the following is the abbreviation for ICMP? a.Internal Control Mail Protocol b.Intranet Control Message Protocol c.internet connection Message Protocol d.Internet Control Message Protocol

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single Which of the following statements regarding the routing loop in OSPF is correct? a.Routing loop is eliminated within an OSPF area. b.Routing loop is not eliminated between two OSPF areas. c.Routing loop is not eliminated within an OSPF Autonomous Systems. d.No routing loop exists outside the OSPF autonomous system.

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

42.Single OSPF is an application layer protocol and it runs on ( ) a.UDP, port number 520 b.TCP, port number 179 c.IP, Protocol Number 89 d.Data Link layer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

13/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

43.Single Which of the following is the default TCP port number used by HTTP? a.80 b.8080 c.110 d.25

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single What does the distance vector routing protocol focus on according to the discovered routes and calculated routes? a.The number of hops on between the router and the destination b.The address of the next hop specified manually c.Whether the egress port on the route belongs to a port aggregation group d.Link bandwidth resource information

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single In an OSPF area, routers exchange information about ( ). This type of information forms an information library. a.Link status b.Distance vector

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

14/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

c.Route cost d.Route priority

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the following functions does LCP provide? a.Negotiates to establish links. b.Negotiates to use which Layer 3 protocols. c.Disconnects a link when the idle timer of the link expires. d.Tests a link to check the link quality and thus to determine whether a link can be established.

Answers of examinees：cd Wrong answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

47.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the route preference are correct? a.It is used by RIP and OSPF only b.It is used by all routing protocols c.It is an important factor for route selection d.The default preference value of direct route is 0

Answers of examinees：bcd Correct answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice OSPF routers are classified into four types. Which of the following statements about interior routers (IRs) are true?

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

15/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

a.The ports on an IR belong to a same area. b.An IR is located in the center of a physical area. c.Only one port on an IR connects to a backbone area. d.If all the ports on an IR belong to area 0, this IR functions as a backbone router.

Answers of examinees：ad Correct answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following devices operate at data link layer? a.Hub b.Bridge c.Switch d.Router e.Firewall

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice A routing table can be formed by using different methods. Which of the following protocols are used to form a routing table? a.Static routing protocol b.Dynamic routing protocol c.Application-level protocol d.Transport-level protocol

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

16/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols are routing protocols? a.RIP b.OSPF c.PPP d.IPX

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding default route are correct? a.Default route is a special type of dynamic route b.Some of the dynamic routing protocol such as OSPF can generate default routes. c.Default route is used when the destination network is not in the routing table. d.The network IP and mask of the default route is 0.0.0.0 and 0.0.0.0 respectively.

Answers of examinees：bcd Correct answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the function of a router are correct? a.Connecting same networks. b.Segmenting the packet so that the forwarding is easier c.Forwarding the packet from one network to another d.Addressing

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

17/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：acd Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

54.Multiple Choice Data link layer has two sub-layers, they are ( ) a.PVC sub-layer b.MAC sub-layer c.LLC sub-layer d.VC sub-layer

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following applications are based on the TCP protocol? a.PING b.FTP c.TELNET d.OSPF

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

close

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

18/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :ebg_30598824 Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:83.0

1.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

1/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

5.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID? http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

2/18

29.11.2018

√

Show question answer

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

3/18

29.11.2018

√

Show question answer

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

4/18

29.11.2018

√

Show question answer

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

5/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single What is the main function of DNS? a.Domain Name Resolution b.Remote Access c.File Transfer d.Mail Transfer

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

22.Single OSPF takes the precedence to select ( ) as a router ID unless you specify a router ID manually. a.the biggest IP address of all the loopback port addresses b.the biggest IP address of the physical port IP addresses c.127.0.0.1 d.the IP address of a port connected to an OSPF neighbor

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single The common address in an IP address is globally unique. Which of the following addresses can be used repeated in a LAN? a.Host address b.Private address c.Network address

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

6/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

d.Subnet address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single The incoming and outgoing packets of a mirrored port are copied to another port. Which of the following objects is this type of mirror action based on? a.Link b.Equivalence c.Flow d.Port

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single Which of the following commands is used to enable dynamic address mapping protocol in the interface encapsulated with Frame Relay? a.fr inarp b.fr reverse-arp c.inverse-arp d.reverse-arp

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

26.Single A switch is based on port-based VLAN IDs. When the switch receives untagged frames, the VLAN ID is determined by ( ).

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

7/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

a.BPDU b.PVID c.MAC mapping table d.IP Address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single Which of the following cost values indicates that the route learned from RIP is unreachable? a.8 b.10 c.15 d.16

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single Which layer is the PPP protocol located in the TCP/IP protocol stack? a.Physical Layer b.Data Link Layer c.Network Layer d.Transport Layer

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

8/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

29.Single Which of the following multicast address represents all routers and hosts of the subnet? a.224.0.0.1 b.224.0.0.2 c.224.0.0.3 d.224.0.0.9

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single On VRP platform, which of the following is the default route preference value for OSPF routing protocol? a.10 b.1 c.100 d.120

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

31.Single IGP is the protocol which is used in ( ) a.An area b.A LAN c.An Autonomous System d.Within the range of classful address

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

9/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single Which of the following is the abbreviation for HTTP? a.Hypertext Transfer Protocol b.Hypertext Translate Protocol c.Hypertest Transmit Protocol d.Hypertext Transmit Protocol

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

33.Single Which of the following class has the first octet beginning with "1110"? a.Class A b.Class B c.Class C d.Class D

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

34.Single Which layer of OSI reference model does DHCP belong to? a.Physical layer b.Data-link layer c.Network layer d.Application layer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

10/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

35.Single Which of the following is used by routers to forward the packets on the network? a.DNS lookups b.ARP tables c.Routing tables d.MAC address tables

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single multiple PCs are connected to the same hub through twisted pair cables. What's its logical topology structure? a.Star b.Tree c.Mesh d.Ring e.Bus

Answers of examinees：e Correct answer Correct answer： e QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single The default subnet mask of the class D IP address is ( ) bits. a.8

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

11/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

b.16 c.24 d.Class D address does not have the subnet mask

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single Which of the following descriptions about function of VRRP is true? a.VRRP improves the reliability of the default gateway in the network b.VRRP makes the routing protocols converge faster c.VRRP is mainly used for load balancing d.VRRP provides the same default gateway for different network segments, thus simplifies gateway configuration of PCs in the network

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single How many bytes does the Maximum Receive Unit (MRU) of PPP consist of by default? a.1024 b.1500 c.1518 d.8096

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

40.Single http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

12/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

A router runs OSPF and its interface Serial 0 with IP address 10.0.0.1/30 belongs to the backbone area, which of the following commands is used to enable OSPF at this interface? a.[Quidway-ospf -1-area-0.0.0.0]network 10.0.0.0 b.[Quidway-ospf -1-area-0.0.0.0]network 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.3 c.[Quidway-serial0]ospf area 0 enable d.[Quidway-ospf -1]network 10.0.0.0 255.255.255.252

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single A router with OSPF enabled calculates the shortest route to the destination by using ( ) algorithm. a.OSPF b.SPF c.SRC d.OPF

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

42.Single Which of the following is the function of session layer? a.Provide encryption and decryption b.Provide data transformation and data format c.Establish connection between hosts d.Establish maintain and terminate session

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

13/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single The subnet mask of the network segment 175.25.8.0/19 is ( ) a.255.255.0.0 b.255.255.224.0 c.255.255.24.0 d.The subnet mask varies according to the class of IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single Which organizations drafts RFC (Request for Comments)? a.IEEE b.ITU-T c.IETF d.ISO

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

45.Single On VRP platform, what is the function for command "interface vlan-interface vlan-id"? a.Create a VLAN b.Create or enter VLAN interface c.Configure VLAN for an interface d.No such command

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

14/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the backbone area in OSPF protocol are correct? a.The area ID of the backbone area is 0.0.0.1. b.Each area must be connected to the backbone area. c.Backbone area is responsible for advertising the aggregated routing information generated by ABR between non-backbone areas. d.ABR connects to different areas and at least one of the connected area is backbone area.

Answers of examinees：bcd Correct answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

47.Multiple Choice Which of the following functions does LCP provide? a.Negotiates to establish links. b.Negotiates to use which Layer 3 protocols. c.Disconnects a link when the idle timer of the link expires. d.Tests a link to check the link quality and thus to determine whether a link can be established.

Answers of examinees：abc Wrong answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

48.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding OSPF are correct? a.Support CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) b.Use the distance vector algorithm http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

15/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

c.Use the triggered updates to immediately notify the neighbors about the topology changes so that the changes are synchronized in the AS. d.Use the reserved multicast addresses to transmit protocol packets.

Answers of examinees：acd Correct answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding OSPF area are incorrect? a.Without manual configuration, an OSPF area is a backbone area with area ID 0 by default. b.OSPF supports area division. c.Every OSPF area is identified by a 32-bit Area ID number. d.Area ID must be assigned by IANA and we can not simply assign it.

Answers of examinees：ad Correct answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice In a ( ) network, DRs and BDRs are used to prevent the problem with route convergence at a low speed. a.Point-to-point b.Broadcast c.NBMA d.Point-to-multipoint

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

16/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

The evolution of firewall technology goes through the following three stages, and these stages include ( ) a.Packet filtering firewall b.Proxy firewall c.Stateful firewall d.Link-layer firewall

Answers of examinees：abc Correct answer Correct answer： abc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following applications are based on the TCP protocol? a.PING b.FTP c.TELNET d.OSPF

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice According to the algorithms, routing protocols fall into two categories. They are ( ) a.IGP b.EGP c.Distance Vector d.Link-state

Answers of examinees：bd Wrong answer Correct answer： cd http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

17/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

54.Multiple Choice Packet filtering firewall filters packet based on quintuplet. Which of the following are the components of quintuplet? a.IP address b.Protocol number c.Port number d.Application program e.MAC address

Answers of examinees：ae Wrong answer Correct answer： abc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the routing table are correct? a.The next hop in the routing table is redundant because the outgoing interface is enough for packet forwarding. b.The routes from generated by different protocols have different preferences. c.The costs of different routing protocols are comparable. d.The costs of different routing protocols are not comparable

Answers of examinees：bd Correct answer Correct answer： bd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

close

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

18/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :ebg_30219863 Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:95.0

1.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

1/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

6.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

2/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

3/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

12.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer. http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

4/18

29.11.2018

√

Show question answer

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

5/18

29.11.2018

Answers of examinees：√

Show question answer

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single In the OSI reference model, one layer converts bits into bytes and then into frames in addition to providing medium access. Which of the following layers stands for this layer? a.Data Link Layer b.Session Layer c.Network Layer d.Application Layer

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

22.Single Which of the following protocols is used to send email on the internet? a.SMTP b.MSTP c.FTP d.TFTP

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single The common address in an IP address is globally unique. Which of the following addresses can be used repeated in a LAN? a.Host address b.Private address c.Network address http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

6/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

d.Subnet address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single Which of the following is the broadcast MAC address? a.FF-FF-FF-FF b.FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF c.00-00-00-00-00-00 d.00-00-00-FF-FF-FF

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single The OSI reference model defines a simple hierarchical network model for a computer network. Which of the following standardization organizations develops the OSI reference model? a.ISO b.IEEE c.ITU d.IETF

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single According to OSI reference model, which layer does PPP reside at?

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

7/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

a.Physical layer b.Data link layer c.Network layer d.Transport layer

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single Which of the following is the abbreviation for HTTP? a.Hypertext Transfer Protocol b.Hypertext Translate Protocol c.Hypertest Transmit Protocol d.Hypertext Transmit Protocol

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single A series of packets are used in a Ping test to determine whether delay and packet loss occur in communication. Which of the following represents the packet used in a Ping test? a.FTP b.Tracert c.ICMP d.Telnet

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

8/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.Single Which of the following cost values indicates that the route learned from RIP is unreachable? a.8 b.10 c.15 d.16

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single What is the decimal value for binary 11001011? a.171 b.193 c.203 d.207

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

31.Single The subnet mask of a class A address is 255.255.240.0. How many bits are used for sub-netting? a.4 b.5 c.9 d.12

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

9/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

32.Single After OSPF divides an AS into different areas, what type of information is send between these areas? a.Abstract route information for each area b.Link state information for each area c.Topology information for each area d.Link bandwidth information for each area

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

33.Single Which of the following is the default TCP port number used by HTTP? a.80 b.8080 c.110 d.25

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

34.Single OSPF takes the precedence to select ( ) as a router ID unless you specify a router ID manually. a.the biggest IP address of all the loopback port addresses b.the biggest IP address of the physical port IP addresses c.127.0.0.1

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

10/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

d.the IP address of a port connected to an OSPF neighbor

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

35.Single Which of the following commands is used to enable dynamic address mapping protocol in the interface encapsulated with Frame Relay? a.fr inarp b.fr reverse-arp c.inverse-arp d.reverse-arp

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single When a node transmits data over a network medium, the data is transmitted to all the nodes on the network. Which topology does this network use? a.Star b.Bus c.Tree d.Ring

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single The data forwarding of the switch is based on ( ).

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

11/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

a.Source MAC address b.Destination MAC address c.Source IP address d.Destination IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single Which of the following descriptions about learning state in STP is incorrect? a.The port in learning state can receive and send BPDU b.The port in learning state can learn the source MAC address of data packet c.The port in learning state can only learn the source MAC address but cannot transmit the data packet. d.The port in learning state can forward part of the data packet

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single Which communication mode does a hub work in? a.Simplex b.Half-duplex c.Full-duplex mode d.Auto-negotiation

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

12/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

40.Single Which of the following class address are multicast address ? a.Class A b.Class B c.Class D d.Class E

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single The IP address of a network is 12.28.75.160. After the network is divided into different subnets, the subnet mask is 255.255.252.0. In this case, which of the following represents the subnet broadcast address? a.12.28.255.255 b.12.28.69.255 c.12.28.75.255 d.12.255.255.255

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

42.Single The network address of the IP 190.233.27.13/16 is ( ) a.190.0.0.0 b.190.233.0.0 c.190.233.27.0 d.190.233.27.1

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

13/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single According to OSI reference model, switch operates at ( ) layer. a.Physical b.Data link c.Transport d.Application

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single In a destination MAC address, which bit of the address determines whether a frame is sent to a “single” station or a group of stations? a.0 b.1 c.8 d.48

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single Each router only knows how to forward the packet to the next hop IP address. It doesn't know the end to end forwarding path. This type of forwarding is called ( ) a.Hop by hop forwarding b.Host by host forwarding c.Router by router forwarding http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

14/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

d.Network by network forwarding

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding RIP routing information are correct? a.User can specify the route preference of RIP higher than that of static routes. b.If the route calculated by other routing protocol which is imported by RIP does not specify the cost value, the cost value will be set as 1 by default c.User can specify the route preference value of RIP lower than that of direct routes. d.The route preference of RIP can not be configured manually.

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

47.Multiple Choice Which of the following are routed protocols? a.IP b.OSPF c.BGP d.IPX

Answers of examinees：ad Correct answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice Which of the protocols are commonly used at the Data Link Layer of a WAN?

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

15/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

a.802.2 b.802.4 c.HDLC d.PPP

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements are incorrect? a.The preferences for each static routes entry can be different. b.By default, OSPF is more preferred to RIP. c.The greater the cost, the better the route is. d.For those routes to the same destination on VRP platform, the one with higher preference value is more preferred over the one with lower preference value.

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice The evolution of firewall technology goes through the following three stages, and these stages include ( ) a.Packet filtering firewall b.Proxy firewall c.Stateful firewall d.Link-layer firewall

Answers of examinees：abc Correct answer Correct answer： abc http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

16/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the route preference are correct? a.It is used by RIP and OSPF only b.It is used by all routing protocols c.It is an important factor for route selection d.The default preference value of direct route is 0

Answers of examinees：bcd Correct answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols reside at transport layer? a.IP b.TCP c.UDP d.SNMP

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the backbone area in OSPF protocol are correct? a.The area ID of the backbone area is 0.0.0.1. b.Each area must be connected to the backbone area. c.Backbone area is responsible for advertising the aggregated routing information generated by ABR between non-backbone areas. d.ABR connects to different areas and at least one of the connected area is backbone area.

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

17/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：bcd Correct answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

54.Multiple Choice Which of the following parameters must be specified when configure static mapping for Frame Relay network? a.Local DLCI b.Remote DLCI c.Local network layer protocol address d.Remote network layer protocol address

Answers of examinees：ad Correct answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the function of a router are correct? a.Connecting same networks. b.Segmenting the packet so that the forwarding is easier c.Forwarding the packet from one network to another d.Addressing

Answers of examinees：bcd Correct answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

close

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=2&rserverid=100

18/18

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :Xie_e Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:82.0

1.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

4.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√ Correct answer： √

Correct answer

QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on nonOSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Wrong answer Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

16.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

20.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single What is the decimal value for binary 11001011? a.171 b.193 c.203 d.207

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

22.Single The subnet mask of the network segment 175.25.8.0/19 is ( ) a.255.255.0.0 b.255.255.224.0 c.255.255.24.0 d.The subnet mask varies according to the class of IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single One distinct difference between the TCP/IP model and the OSI reference model is that the TCP/IP model classifies two other layers of the OSI model into the Application Layer. What are the two layers? a.Transport Layer, Presentation Layer b.Session Layer, Presentation Layer c.Transport Layer, Session Layer

d.Presentation Layer, Application Layer

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single Which address of an Ethernet frame is used by a Layer 3 switch to determine whether to perform Layer 2 forwarding or Layer 3 forwarding? a.Destination MAC address b.Source MAC address c.Destination IP address d.Source IP address

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single OSPF takes the precedence to select ( ) as a router ID unless you specify a router ID manually. a.the biggest IP address of all the loopback port addresses b.the biggest IP address of the physical port IP addresses c.127.0.0.1 d.the IP address of a port connected to an OSPF neighbor

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single A PC is connected to router's Ethernet port through its network interface card. What type of twist pair cable should be used to connect these two interfaces?

a.Cross cable b.Straight cable c.Console cable d.Backup cable

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

27.Single What is the function of ARP? a.Map port number to IP address b.Map MAC address to IP address c.Broadcast IP address d.Map IP address to Mac address

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single The protocol data unit that resides at network layer is called ( ). a.Segment b.Packet c.Bit d.Frame

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.Single Which of the following protocol is required in negotiation to compress the TCP/IP packet header for a PPP link? a.LCP b.PAP c.IPCP d.CHAP

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single STP calculates the overall cost of each path between a non-root bridge and a root bridge. What is a port on the non-root bridge called on the path that has the minimum overall cost? a.Designated port b.Root port c.Common port d.Queue port

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

31.Single In OSI reference model, Layer 2 LAN switch operates at ( ). a.Physical layer b.Data link layer c.Network layer d.Application layer

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single In Window XP system, which of the following commands is used to release the IP address assigned by the DHCP Server? a.ipconfig /all b.ipconfig /renew c.ipconfig /release d.ipconfig

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

33.Single An L2 switch checks the MAC address forwarding table before it forwards a packet. How does the L2 switch forward a packet that contains an address not listed in the MAC address forwarding table? a.Multicast b.Broadcast c.Unicast d.Searching for routes

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

34.Single Which protocol does FTP use to provide reliable data transmission? a.RTP b.SIP

c.UDP d.TCP

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

35.Single Which of the following is the abbreviation for ICMP? a.Internal Control Mail Protocol b.Intranet Control Message Protocol c.internet connection Message Protocol d.Internet Control Message Protocol

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single The common address in an IP address is globally unique. Which of the following addresses can be used repeated in a LAN? a.Host address b.Private address c.Network address d.Subnet address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single Which port number does Telnet uses for protocol transmission?

a.23 b.24 c.8080 d.48

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single Each router only knows how to forward the packet to the next hop IP address. It doesn't know the end to end forwarding path. This type of forwarding is called ( ) a.Hop by hop forwarding b.Host by host forwarding c.Router by router forwarding d.Network by network forwarding

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single A router runs OSPF and its interface Serial 0 with IP address 10.0.0.1/30 belongs to the backbone area, which of the following commands is used to enable OSPF at this interface? a.[Quidway-ospf -1-area-0.0.0.0]network 10.0.0.0 b.[Quidway-ospf -1-area-0.0.0.0]network 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.3 c.[Quidway-serial0]ospf area 0 enable d.[Quidway-ospf -1]network 10.0.0.0 255.255.255.252

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： b

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

40.Single How many root bridges does the STP protocol select from all the network bridges when calculating a spanning tree? a.1 b.2 c.3 d.4

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single The network address of the IP 190.233.27.13/16 is ( ) a.190.0.0.0 b.190.233.0.0 c.190.233.27.0 d.190.233.27.1

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

42.Single According to OSI reference model, which layer does PPP reside at? a.Physical layer b.Data link layer c.Network layer d.Transport layer

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single The IP address of a network is 12.28.75.160. After the network is divided into different subnets, the subnet mask is 255.255.252.0. In this case, which of the following represents the subnet broadcast address? a.12.28.255.255 b.12.28.69.255 c.12.28.75.255 d.12.255.255.255

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single Which of the following protocols is a Application layer protocol , translates a domain name into an IP address, and manages domain names in a distributed manner? a.TCP b.UDP c.DNS d.HTTP

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single A MAC address consists of 48 bits and is generally expressed in 12-bit dotted decimal notation. What kind of address does a MAC address consisting of all 1s stand for? a.Multicast address b.Broadcast address

c.Unicast address d.Virtual address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice In a ( ) network, DRs and BDRs are used to prevent the problem with route convergence at a low speed. a.Point-to-point b.Broadcast c.NBMA d.Point-to-multipoint

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

47.Multiple Choice Data link layer has two sub-layers, they are ( ) a.PVC sub-layer b.MAC sub-layer c.LLC sub-layer d.VC sub-layer

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice In STP, the bridge ID consists of two parts. They are ( ) and ( ).

a.Switch priority b.Switch Port ID c.Switch MAC address d.Switch IP address

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following functions does LCP provide? a.Negotiates to establish links. b.Negotiates to use which Layer 3 protocols. c.Disconnects a link when the idle timer of the link expires. d.Tests a link to check the link quality and thus to determine whether a link can be established.

Answers of examinees：acd Correct answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice The evolution of firewall technology goes through the following three stages, and these stages include ( ) a.Packet filtering firewall b.Proxy firewall c.Stateful firewall d.Link-layer firewall

Answers of examinees：abc Correct answer Correct answer： abc

QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice FTP session consists of two types of connections, they are( ) a.Output connection b.Input connection c.Control connection d.Data connection

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following descriptions about access port are correct? a.Access port belongs to only one VLAN b.Access port belongs to “multiple” VLAN c.Access port is used for connection between switch and PC d.Access port is used for connection between switches

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the backbone area in OSPF protocol are correct? a.The area ID of the backbone area is 0.0.0.1. b.Each area must be connected to the backbone area. c.Backbone area is responsible for advertising the aggregated routing information generated by ABR between non-backbone areas. d.ABR connects to different areas and at least one of the connected area is backbone area.

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

54.Multiple Choice Two static routes to the 10.1.1.1/32 network are configured on a router. One of the static routes is not assigned with a value for the preference_value parameter; the other static route is assigned with 100 for the preference_value parameter. In this case, which of the following statements are true? a.The route not signed with a value for the preference_value parameter functions as the working route. b.The route signed with 100 for the preference_value parameter functions as the working route. c.A static route supports route backup. d.The two static routes work in load sharing mode.

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the function of a router are correct? a.Connecting same networks. b.Segmenting the packet so that the forwarding is easier c.Forwarding the packet from one network to another d.Addressing

Answers of examinees：bc Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

close

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :ebg_2997929 Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:83.0

1.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on nonOSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single Which of the following class has the first octet beginning with "1110"? a.Class A b.Class B c.Class C d.Class D

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

22.Single The IP address of a network is 12.28.75.160. After the network is divided into different subnets, the subnet mask is 255.255.252.0. In this case, which of the following represents the subnet broadcast address? a.12.28.255.255 b.12.28.69.255 c.12.28.75.255 d.12.255.255.255

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

23.Single What is the port number of DNS? a.21 b.23

c.53 d.80

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single A frame tag adds ( ) to each frame so that the frame can be transmitted through Trunk ports on switches. a.Destination MAC address b.Source MAC address of a switch c.VLAN ID d.Bridge ID of a switch

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single According to OSI reference model, which layer does PPP reside at? a.Physical layer b.Data link layer c.Network layer d.Transport layer

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single A switch is based on port-based VLAN IDs. When the switch receives untagged frames, the VLAN ID is determined by ( ).

a.BPDU b.PVID c.MAC mapping table d.IP Address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single How many root bridges does the STP protocol select from all the network bridges when calculating a spanning tree? a.1 b.2 c.3 d.4

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single An L2 switch checks the MAC address forwarding table before it forwards a packet. How does the L2 switch forward a packet that contains an address not listed in the MAC address forwarding table? a.Multicast b.Broadcast c.Unicast d.Searching for routes

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.Single In STP calculation, a port identifier consists of two parts: one-byte ( ) and one-byte port number. a.Port priority b.Link priority c.Bridge MAC address d.Port MAC address

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single A PC is connected to router's Ethernet port through its network interface card. What type of twist pair cable should be used to connect these two interfaces? a.Cross cable b.Straight cable c.Console cable d.Backup cable

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

31.Single Which layer is the PPP protocol located in the TCP/IP protocol stack? a.Physical Layer b.Data Link Layer c.Network Layer d.Transport Layer

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single Which of the following parameters is used by RIP to calculate the value of cost? a.MTU b.Delay c.Bandwidth d.Hop count

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

33.Single A port of the switch belongs to VLAN 5. If VLAN 5 is removed by using command "undo vlan 5", then which VLAN does this port belong? a.0 b.1 c.1023 d.1024

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

34.Single Switch-A and Switch-B are configured with ports in VLANs for R&D Department, Sales Department, Product Department, Financial Department, and HR Department. Each VLAN contains 20 users. In this case, how many subnets at least are required to provide routes between all VLANs? a.5

b.20 c.50 d.100

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

35.Single The subnet mask of the network segment 175.25.8.0/19 is ( ) a.255.255.0.0 b.255.255.224.0 c.255.255.24.0 d.The subnet mask varies according to the class of IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single Which of the following descriptions about function of VRRP is true? a.VRRP improves the reliability of the default gateway in the network b.VRRP makes the routing protocols converge faster c.VRRP is mainly used for load balancing d.VRRP provides the same default gateway for different network segments, thus simplifies gateway configuration of PCs in the network

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single

g According to OSI reference model, which layer defines mechanical, electrical, functional and procedural functions to realize data transmission? a.Transport layer b.Data link layer c.Network layer d.Physical layer

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single OSPF takes the precedence to select ( ) as a router ID unless you specify a router ID manually. a.the biggest IP address of all the loopback port addresses b.the biggest IP address of the physical port IP addresses c.127.0.0.1 d.the IP address of a port connected to an OSPF neighbor

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single The shortest path tree calculated by a router in an OSPF area provides ( ) on the path from this router to other nodes in the network. a.All link states b.Routing table c.MAC address table d.ARP table

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer

Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

40.Single The PDU (Protocol Data Unit) that resides at physical layer is called ( ) a.Frame b.Packet c.Segment d.Binary bit flow

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single Which of the following protocols is used to send email on the internet? a.SMTP b.MSTP c.FTP d.TFTP

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

42.Single Which of the following values is the default preference value for static route on the VRP platform? a.0 b.20 c.60 d.100

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single Which of the following is the abbreviation for HTTP? a.Hypertext Transfer Protocol b.Hypertext Translate Protocol c.Hypertest Transmit Protocol d.Hypertext Transmit Protocol

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single The Ethernet standard that is widely used by LAN is defined by ( ). a.IEEE 802.5 b.IEEE 802.2 c.IEEE 802.3 d.IEEE 802.1

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single What is the decimal value for binary 11001011? a.171 b.193

c.203 d.207

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding RIP are correct? a.RIP is an IGP. b.RIP is an EGP c.RIP is a distance vector routing protocol. d.RIP is a link-state routing protocol.

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

47.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols reside at transport layer? a.IP b.TCP c.UDP d.SNMP

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice What are functions of Inverse ARP?

a.Find the hardware address of the device according to its IP address b.Find the DLCI number of the connection c.Find the IP address of the remote device based on virtual circuit in Frame Relay network d.Establish the mapping relationship between IP address of remote device and DLCI

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following descriptions are correct about VLAN interface? a.A virtual interface is required to be created for the VLAN if we want to assign an IP address for that VLAN b.Two VLAN interfaces on the same switch can be assigned with the same IP address c.The VLAN interface number must be the same with VLAN ID d.The VLAN interface can be configured for the non-existed VLAN

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice What functions does a router mainly provide? a.Check the destination address in a datagram. b.Determine the information source. c.Discover possible routes. d.Verify and maintain route information.

Answers of examinees：acd Correct answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice Data link layer has two sub-layers, they are ( ) a.PVC sub-layer b.MAC sub-layer c.LLC sub-layer d.VC sub-layer

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Two static routes to the 10.1.1.1/32 network are configured on a router. One of the static routes is not assigned with a value for the preference_value parameter; the other static route is assigned with 100 for the preference_value parameter. In this case, which of the following statements are true? a.The route not signed with a value for the preference_value parameter functions as the working route. b.The route signed with 100 for the preference_value parameter functions as the working route. c.A static route supports route backup. d.The two static routes work in load sharing mode.

Answers of examinees：bd Wrong answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the route preference are correct? a.It is used by RIP and OSPF only b.It is used by all routing protocols c.It is an important factor for route selection d.The default preference value of direct route is 0

Answers of examinees：bc Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

54.Multiple Choice In STP, the bridge ID consists of two parts. They are ( ) and ( ). a.Switch priority b.Switch Port ID c.Switch MAC address d.Switch IP address

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice In a ( ) network, DRs and BDRs are used to prevent the problem with route convergence at a low speed. a.Point-to-point b.Broadcast c.NBMA d.Point-to-multipoint

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

close

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :ebg_30050416 Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:76.0

1.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

3.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

11.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical subinterface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False

One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single The TTL field in an IP header specifies the number of routers that a datagram is allowed to traverse. After the datagram traverses a router, the TTL value is deducted by 1. When the TTL reaches a certain value, the datagram is discarded. Which of the following represents this value? a.0 b.1 c.-1 d.2

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

22.Single On Huawei switches running STP,the default value of forward delay is ( ) seconds. a.10 b.15 c.20

d.30

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single Which of the following routing protocols are the link state routing protocols? a.RIP b.BGP c.IP d.OSPF

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single A router with OSPF enabled calculates the shortest route to the destination by using ( ) algorithm. a.OSPF b.SPF c.SRC d.OPF

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer

Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single Which of the following is reserved for loopback address? a.127.0.0.0 b.130.0.0.0 c.164.0.0.0 d.200.0.0.0

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single Which organizations drafts RFC (Request for Comments)? a.IEEE b.ITU-T c.IETF d.ISO

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

27.Single On VRP platform, which of the following is the default route preference value for OSPF routing protocol? a.10 b.1 c.100 d.120

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single The first three octets of a Class C IP address represent a network. Which of the following binary numbers does the first byte of the three octets start with? a.101 b.100 c.110 d.10

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.Single One distinct difference between the TCP/IP model and the OSI reference model is that the TCP/IP model classifies two other layers of the OSI model into the Application Layer. What are the two

layers? a.Transport Layer, Presentation Layer b.Session Layer, Presentation Layer c.Transport Layer, Session Layer d.Presentation Layer, Application Layer

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

30.Single When a node transmits data over a network medium, the data is transmitted to all the nodes on the network. Which topology does this network use? a.Star b.Bus c.Tree d.Ring

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

31.Single A backbone OSPF area is responsible for releasing the information collected by each border router to non-backbone OSPF areas. Which of the following represents the ID of a backbone OSPF area? a.area 0

b.area 1 c.area 0.0.0.1 d.area 0.0.0.2

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single The default subnet mask of the class D IP address is ( ) bits. a.8 b.16 c.24 d.Class D address does not have the subnet mask

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

33.Single A PC is connected to router's Ethernet port through its network interface card. What type of twist pair cable should be used to connect these two interfaces? a.Cross cable b.Straight cable c.Console cable

d.Backup cable

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

34.Single Workstation A and workstation B are respectively connected to two ports of a switch. Assume the MAC table of the switch is empty now. Which of the following statements is true as soon as the switch receives the first packet sent by Workstation A to Workstation B? a.The switch will learn address of A b.The switch will learn address of B c.The switch will not learn any address d.The switch will learn addresses of both A and B

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

35.Single What does the number "30" in the following frame relay configuration command stand for? [RTB-Serial0]fr map ip 10.1.1.2 30 a.Subnet mask b.DLCI c.Cost d.Weight

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

36.Single A switch receives entire data frame and then perform CRC checking,the frame is forwarded unless CRC checking fails. The switch mode for this switch is ? a.Cut-Through b.Store-and-Forward c.Fragment-free d.Store-free

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single How many bits are used to identify the VLAN id of the data frame? a.4 b.32 c.12 d.8

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer

Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single Which of the following protocols authenticates a user remotely, authorizes the user access, and performs charging? a.SMTP b.RADIUS c.DNS d.HTTP

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single Which communication mode does a hub work in? a.Simplex b.Half-duplex c.Full-duplex mode d.Auto-negotiation

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

40.Single The network address of the IP 190.233.27.13/16 is ( ) a.190.0.0.0 b.190.233.0.0 c.190.233.27.0 d.190.233.27.1

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single Which of the following is the feature of IP protocol? a.Reliable and connectionless oriented b.Unreliable and connectionless oriented c.Reliable and connection oriented d.Unreliable and connection oriented

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

42.Single Which layer of OSI reference model does DHCP belong to? a.Physical layer

b.Data-link layer c.Network layer d.Application layer

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single What does the distance vector routing protocol focus on according to the discovered routes and calculated routes? a.The number of hops on between the router and the destination b.The address of the next hop specified manually c.Whether the egress port on the route belongs to a port aggregation group d.Link bandwidth resource information

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single Which of the following values is the default preference value for static route on the VRP platform? a.0 b.20 c.60

d.100

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single A switch is based on port-based VLAN IDs. When the switch receives untagged frames, the VLAN ID is determined by ( ). a.BPDU b.PVID c.MAC mapping table d.IP Address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the following parameters must be specified when configure static mapping for Frame Relay network? a.Local DLCI b.Remote DLCI c.Local network layer protocol address d.Remote network layer protocol address

Answers of examinees：ac Wrong answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

47.Multiple Choice What functions does a router mainly provide? a.Check the destination address in a datagram. b.Determine the information source. c.Discover possible routes. d.Verify and maintain route information.

Answers of examinees：acd Correct answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice Which of the following descriptions are correct about VLAN interface? a.A virtual interface is required to be created for the VLAN if we want to assign an IP address for that VLAN b.Two VLAN interfaces on the same switch can be assigned with the same IP address c.The VLAN interface number must be the same with VLAN ID d.The VLAN interface can be configured for the non-existed VLAN

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer

Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice According to the algorithms, routing protocols fall into two categories. They are ( ) a.IGP b.EGP c.Distance Vector d.Link-state

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice In STP, the bridge ID consists of two parts. They are ( ) and ( ). a.Switch priority b.Switch Port ID c.Switch MAC address d.Switch IP address

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the routing table are correct? a.The next hop in the routing table is redundant because the outgoing interface is enough for packet forwarding. b.The routes from generated by different protocols have different preferences. c.The costs of different routing protocols are comparable. d.The costs of different routing protocols are not comparable

Answers of examinees：bd Correct answer Correct answer： bd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Compared to static routing protocol, which of the following are the advantages of dynamic routing protocol? a.Low bandwidth consumption b.Simple c.The router running dynamic routing protocol can detect the changes of the network topology automatically. d.The router running dynamic routing protocol can calculate the routes automatically.

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following are the interface states of STP?

a.Disabled b.Blocking c.Shut down d.Learning e.Forwarding

Answers of examinees：ac Wrong answer Correct answer： abde QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

54.Multiple Choice OSPF routers are classified into four types. Which of the following statements about interior routers (IRs) are true? a.The ports on an IR belong to a same area. b.An IR is located in the center of a physical area. c.Only one port on an IR connects to a backbone area. d.If all the ports on an IR belong to area 0, this IR functions as a backbone router.

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

55.Multiple Choice In a ( ) network, DRs and BDRs are used to prevent the problem with route convergence at a low speed.

a.Point-to-point b.Broadcast c.NBMA d.Point-to-multipoint

Answers of examinees：bd Wrong answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

29.11.2018

Show question answer

   

H12­211 HCNA­HNTD Mock Exam  

 

Answered by :ebg_31079911  Total exam score:100.0   Exam score:85.0  

1.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow:   [RTA]aaa    [RTA­aaa]local­user huawei password cipher hello    [RTA­aaa]local­user huawei service­type ppp    [RTA]interface Serial 0  [RTA­Serial0]link­protocol ppp   [RTA­Serial0]ppp authentication­mode chap   [RTA­Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30   The configuration on RTB is as follow:   [RTB]interface Serial 0  [RTB­Serial0]link­protocol ppp   [RTB­Serial0]ppp chap user huawei   [RTB­Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello   [RTB­Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30   With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub­interface, and in each logical sub­interface, one or more MAP items can exist.       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   √     

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：√ 

     Wrong answer  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

1/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

4.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

： 

：× Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

5.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non­ OSPF speaking devices.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：√ 

：

     Wrong answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

7.True or False The fram­relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device.   [RTA]dis fr map­info    Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE)   DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0   create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE   encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：√ 

     Wrong answer  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

2/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

8.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

： 

：× Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

9.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?         √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

：√ 

： 

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：√ 

：

     Wrong answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 0.0

11.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

3/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .       √       

×  

Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

：√ 

： 

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.       √      ×     Answers of examinees  

：

：×  Correct answer 

Correct answer   × QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.       √     

×

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

4/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   √     

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees  

：

：×  Correct answer 

Correct answer   × QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   √     

：

：√ 

      Correct answer  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

5/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

21.Single On Huawei switches running STP,the default value of forward delay is ( ) seconds.            

a.10   b.15   c.20   d.30  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

22.Single Which of the following class address are multicast address ?            

 

a.Class A   b.Class B   c.Class D   d.Class E  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

23.Single Which of the following standard organizations has defined the protocol for LAN such as 802 series protocols?            

 

a.IEEE   b.ITU­T    c.IETF    d.ETSI  

  Answers of examinees

：a Correct answer 

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

6/18

29.11.2018

 

Show question answer

：

Correct answer   a QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

24.Single Which of the following is the function of session layer?            

a.Provide encryption and decryption   b.Provide data transformation and data format   c.Establish connection between hosts   d.Establish maintain and terminate session  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：d Correct answer 

Correct answer   d QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

25.Single According to OSI reference model, which layer does PPP reside at?        

a.Physical layer   b.Data link layer   c.Network layer

   

 

d.Transport layer  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：b Correct answer 

Correct answer   b QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

26.Single The TTL field in an IP header specifies the number of routers that a datagram is allowed to traverse. After the datagram traverses a router, the TTL value is deducted by 1. When the TTL reaches a certain value, the datagram is discarded. Which of the following represents this value?          

a.0   b.1   c.­1  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

7/18

29.11.2018

 

Show question answer

d.2  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer a

： 

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

27.Single Which layer is the PPP protocol located in the TCP/IP protocol stack?          

a.Physical Layer   b.Data Link Layer   c.Network Layer   d.Transport Layer

 

 

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

28.Single Which of the following protocol is required in negotiation to compress the TCP/IP packet header for a PPP link?          

 

a.LCP   b.PAP   c.IPCP   d.CHAP  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

29.Single In the OSI reference model, one layer converts bits into bytes and then into frames in addition to providing medium access. Which of the following layers stands for this layer?      

a.Data Link Layer  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

8/18

29.11.2018

     

Show question answer

b.Session Layer   c.Network Layer   d.Application Layer  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：a Correct answer 

Correct answer   a QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

30.Single The protocol data unit that resides at network layer is called ( ).            

a.Segment   b.Packet   c.Bit   d.Frame  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：b Correct answer 

Correct answer   b QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

31.Single After OSPF divides an AS into different areas, what type of information is send between these areas?        

a.Abstract route information for each area   b.Link state information for each area   c.Topology information for each area

   

 

d.Link bandwidth information for each area  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：a Correct answer 

Correct answer   a QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

32.Single A frame tag adds ( ) to each frame so that the frame can be transmitted through Trunk ports on switches.   http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

9/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

   

a.Destination MAC address   b.Source MAC address of a switch

  c.VLAN ID    

 

 

d.Bridge ID of a switch  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

33.Single Which of the following applications can be used to detect the path along which the data packets are transmitted from the source to the destination?              

a.Route   b.Nestat   c.Tracert   d.Send  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

34.Single Which layer in the TCP/IP model specifies the highest transmission rate and longest transmission distance?            

a.Physical Layer   b.Data Link Layer   c.Transport Layer   d.Application Layer  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer a

 

： 

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

10/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

35.Single The main idea of STP is to generate a loop­free tree by exchanging a special kind of message between bridges. This message is called ( ).      

a.Configuration BPDU   b.TCN BPDU

     

 

c.Hello BPDU   d.Update BPDU  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer a

： 

：c Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

36.Single The subnet mask of the network segment 175.25.8.0/19 is ( )                

a.255.255.0.0   b.255.255.224.0   c.255.255.24.0   d.The subnet mask varies according to the class of IP address  

Answers of examinees  

：

：b Correct answer 

Correct answer   b QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

37.Single What function does the NCP protocol can provide for a PPP connection?      

a.Error detection   b.User identifier authentication

     

c.Carrying of “multiple” Layer 3 protocols   d.Congestion control  

    Answers of examinees  

 

：c Correct answer 

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

11/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

：

Correct answer   c QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

38.Single Which of the following protocols provides a reliability mechanism and can be used as a transport­level protocol?      

a.TCP   b.UDP

         

 

c.ICMP   d.HDLC  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   a

：

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

39.Single One distinct difference between the TCP/IP model and the OSI reference model is that the TCP/IP model classifies two other layers of the OSI model into the Application Layer. What are the two layers?     a.Transport Layer, Presentation Layer    

b.Session Layer, Presentation Layer   c.Transport Layer, Session Layer

       

 

 

d.Presentation Layer, Application Layer  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   b

：

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

40.Single IGP is the protocol which is used in ( )            

a.An area   b.A LAN   c.An Autonomous System   d.Within the range of classful address  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

12/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

    Answers of examinees  

：

：a Wrong answer 

Correct answer   c QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

41.Single VLAN is short for?            

a.Virtual local area network   b.Virtual long area network    c.Virtual local area networking   d.Virtual long area networking  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   a

：

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

42.Single Which of the following class has the first octet beginning with "1110"?              

a.Class A   b.Class B   c.Class C   d.Class D  

  Answers of examinees  

：

：d Correct answer 

Correct answer   d QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

43.Single How many bytes does the Maximum Receive Unit (MRU) of PPP consist of by default?     a.1024   b.1500  

   

c.1518   http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

13/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

  d.8096  

 

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   b

：

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

44.Single When two OSPF routers synchronize their LSDBs, they use ( ) packets to describe their own LSDBs.                

a.Hello   b.DD   c.LSR   d.LSU  

Answers of examinees  

：

：a Wrong answer 

Correct answer   b QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

45.Single The distance limit of category 5 UTP wiring is ( ).            

a.100 meters   b.200 meters   c.50 meters   d.185 meters  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   a

：

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Data link layer has two sub­layers, they are ( )      

a.PVC sub­layer  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

14/18

29.11.2018

     

Show question answer

b.MAC sub­layer   c.LLC sub­layer   d.VC sub­layer  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   bc

：

：bc Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

47.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the backbone area in OSPF protocol are correct?        

a.The area ID of the backbone area is 0.0.0.1.   b.Each area must be connected to the backbone area.   c.Backbone area is responsible for advertising the aggregated routing information generated by ABR between non­backbone

areas.     d.ABR connects to different areas and at least one of the connected area is backbone area.         Answers of examinees   Correct answer   bcd

：

：bd Wrong answer 

QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 0.0

48.Multiple Choice In STP, the bridge ID consists of two parts. They are ( ) and ( ).     a.Switch priority     b.Switch Port ID     c.Switch MAC address        

 

d.Switch IP address  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ac

：

：ac Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding OSPF area are incorrect?

 

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

15/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

  a.Without manual configuration, an OSPF area is a backbone area with area ID 0 by default.   b.OSPF supports area division.          

 

 

c.Every OSPF area is identified by a 32­bit Area ID number.   d.Area ID must be assigned by IANA and we can not simply assign it.  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ad

：

：ad Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols are routing protocols?     a.RIP              

b.OSPF   c.PPP   d.IPX  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ab

：

：ab Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements are incorrect?     a.The preferences for each static routes entry can be different.        

b.By default, OSPF is more preferred to RIP.   c.The greater the cost, the better the route is.   d.For those routes to the same destination on VRP platform, the one with higher preference value is more preferred over the one

with lower preference value.         Answers of examinees  

：

：cd Correct answer 

Correct answer   cd QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0 http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

16/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding RIP routing information are correct?     a.User can specify the route preference of RIP higher than that of static routes.     b.If the route calculated by other routing protocol which is imported by RIP does not specify the cost value, the cost value will be set as 1 by default     c.User can specify the route preference value of RIP lower than that of direct routes.     d.The route preference of RIP can not be configured manually.         Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ab

：

：ab Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following descriptions about access port are correct?            

a.Access port belongs to only one VLAN   b.Access port belongs to “multiple” VLAN    c.Access port is used for connection between switch and PC   d.Access port is used for connection between switches  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ac

：

：ac Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

54.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding OSPF are correct?        

a.Support CIDR (Classless Inter­Domain Routing)   b.Use the distance vector algorithm   c.Use the triggered updates to immediately notify the neighbors about the topology changes so that the changes are

synchronized in the AS.     d.Use the reserved multicast addresses to transmit protocol packets.         Answers of examinees  

：acd Correct answer 

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

17/18

29.11.2018

Correct answer acd

Show question answer

： 

QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following applications are based on the TCP protocol?     a.PING     b.FTP      

 

c.TELNET   d.OSPF  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer bc

： 

：bc Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

close

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

18/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :ebg_30254191 Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:96.0

1.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

1/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

2/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment. file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

3/18

29.11.2018

√

Show question answer

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

4/18

29.11.2018

√

Show question answer

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

5/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single When a node transmits data over a network medium, the data is transmitted to all the nodes on the network. Which topology does this network use? a.Star b.Bus c.Tree d.Ring

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

22.Single What do we call the routes in the routing table that have the same cost to the same destination? a.Equivalent routes b.Sub-optimal routes c.Multipath routes d.Default routes

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single The protocol data unit that resides at network layer is called ( ). a.Segment b.Packet c.Bit

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

6/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

d.Frame

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single Which of the following protocols authenticates a user remotely, authorizes the user access, and performs charging? a.SMTP b.RADIUS c.DNS d.HTTP

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single The data forwarding of the switch is based on ( ). a.Source MAC address b.Destination MAC address c.Source IP address d.Destination IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single On VRP platform, what is the function for command "interface vlan-interface vlan-id"? a.Create a VLAN

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

7/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

b.Create or enter VLAN interface c.Configure VLAN for an interface d.No such command

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

27.Single Which of the following is the metric of OSPF? a.Number of hops b.COST c.Priority d.LSA

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single Which network topology has risk of whole network failure when a link is broken? a.Mesh b.Bus c.Star d.Tree

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.Single file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

8/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

How many hosts are available for the network segment 192.168.2.16/28? a.16 b.8 c.15 d.14 e.7

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single How many hosts are available in the network 154.27.0.0 without sub-netting? a.254 b.1024 c.65,534 d.16,777,206

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

31.Single Which of the following commands is used to disable automatic route aggregation for RIP? a.Undo rip b.Summary c.Undo summary d.Undo network 10.0.0.0

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

9/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single The network address of 125.3.54.56 with default subnet mask is ( ) a.125.0.0.0 b.125.3.0.0 c.125.3.54.0 d.125.3.54.32

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

33.Single A switch receives entire data frame and then perform CRC checking,the frame is forwarded unless CRC checking fails. The switch mode for this switch is ? a.Cut-Through b.Store-and-Forward c.Fragment-free d.Store-free

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

34.Single This device is used between the zones with different security level, control the information exchanged between two networks, enforce the implementation of unified security policy, and prevent the intruder from copying and accessing the important information illegally. In short words, it protects the security of the system. Which of the following devices provides the function mentioned above? a.Firewall b.Gateway c.Router file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

10/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

d.IDS

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

35.Single The default mask length of the IP address 219.25.23.56 is ( ) a.8 b.16 c.24 d.32

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single Which of the following parameters is used by RIP to calculate the value of cost? a.MTU b.Delay c.Bandwidth d.Hop count

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single Which of the following is used by routers to forward the packets on the network? a.DNS lookups file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

11/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

b.ARP tables c.Routing tables d.MAC address tables

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single In OSI reference model, Layer 2 LAN switch operates at ( ). a.Physical layer b.Data link layer c.Network layer d.Application layer

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single The subnet mask of the network segment 175.25.8.0/19 is ( ) a.255.255.0.0 b.255.255.224.0 c.255.255.24.0 d.The subnet mask varies according to the class of IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

40.Single file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

12/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Which of the following represents the network IP address corresponding to the 192.168.1.7/28 IP address? a.192.168.1.0 b.192.168.1.4 c.192.168.1.6 d.192.168.1.7

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single Which of the following descriptions about function of VRRP is true? a.VRRP improves the reliability of the default gateway in the network b.VRRP makes the routing protocols converge faster c.VRRP is mainly used for load balancing d.VRRP provides the same default gateway for different network segments, thus simplifies gateway configuration of PCs in the network

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

42.Single Switch-A and Switch-B are configured with ports in VLANs for R&D Department, Sales Department, Product Department, Financial Department, and HR Department. Each VLAN contains 20 users. In this case, how many subnets at least are required to provide routes between all VLANs? a.5 b.20 c.50 d.100

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

13/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single What is the decimal value for binary 11001011? a.171 b.193 c.203 d.207

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single Which port number does Telnet uses for protocol transmission? a.23 b.24 c.8080 d.48

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single Which of the following applications can be used to detect the path along which the data packets are transmitted from the source to the destination? a.Route b.Nestat c.Tracert file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

14/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

d.Send

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding default route are correct? a.Default route is a special type of dynamic route b.Some of the dynamic routing protocol such as OSPF can generate default routes. c.Default route is used when the destination network is not in the routing table. d.The network IP and mask of the default route is 0.0.0.0 and 0.0.0.0 respectively.

Answers of examinees：bcd Correct answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

47.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the route preference are correct? a.It is used by RIP and OSPF only b.It is used by all routing protocols c.It is an important factor for route selection d.The default preference value of direct route is 0

Answers of examinees：bcd Correct answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice According to the algorithms, routing protocols fall into two categories. They are ( ) a.IGP file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

15/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

b.EGP c.Distance Vector d.Link-state

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Data link layer has two sub-layers, they are ( ) a.PVC sub-layer b.MAC sub-layer c.LLC sub-layer d.VC sub-layer

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice A routing table can be formed by using different methods. Which of the following protocols are used to form a routing table? a.Static routing protocol b.Dynamic routing protocol c.Application-level protocol d.Transport-level protocol

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

16/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Which of the protocols are commonly used at the Data Link Layer of a WAN? a.802.2 b.802.4 c.HDLC d.PPP

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Compared to static routing protocol, which of the following are the advantages of dynamic routing protocol? a.Low bandwidth consumption b.Simple c.The router running dynamic routing protocol can detect the changes of the network topology automatically. d.The router running dynamic routing protocol can calculate the routes automatically.

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice What features does RIPv2 provide? a.Extension of subnet mask(VLSM) b.Large scale network c.Plain text authentication d.MD5 encrypted text authentication

Answers of examinees：acd Correct answer

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

17/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

54.Multiple Choice Which of the following are the interface states of STP? a.Disabled b.Blocking c.Shut down d.Learning e.Forwarding

Answers of examinees：abde Correct answer Correct answer： abde QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice OSPF routers are classified into four types. Which of the following statements about interior routers (IRs) are true? a.The ports on an IR belong to a same area. b.An IR is located in the center of a physical area. c.Only one port on an IR connects to a backbone area. d.If all the ports on an IR belong to area 0, this IR functions as a backbone router.

Answers of examinees：ad Correct answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

close

file:///C:/Users/Ivory%20Floradale/Downloads/Show%20question%20answer%201.html

18/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

   

H12­211 HCNA­HNTD Mock Exam  

 

Answered by :ebg_29871463  Total exam score:100.0   Exam score:77.0  

1.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer ×

： 

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer   √     

：

：√ 

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

1/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

5.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

 

    √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

：√ 

： 

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees  

：

：×  Correct answer 

Correct answer   × QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow:   [RTA]aaa    [RTA­aaa]local­user huawei password cipher hello    [RTA­aaa]local­user huawei service­type ppp    [RTA]interface Serial 0  [RTA­Serial0]link­protocol ppp   [RTA­Serial0]ppp authentication­mode chap   [RTA­Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30   The configuration on RTB is as follow:   [RTB]interface Serial 0  [RTB­Serial0]link­protocol ppp   [RTB­Serial0]ppp chap user huawei   [RTB­Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello   [RTB­Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30   With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.   http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

2/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

    √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

：√ 

： 

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?         √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

：√ 

： 

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub­interface, and in each logical sub­interface, one or more MAP items can exist.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer √     

：√ 

： 

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   √     

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.       √       

×  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

3/18

29.11.2018

Answers of examinees   Correct answer ×

： 

：×  Correct answer 

Show question answer

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False The fram­relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device.   [RTA]dis fr map­info    Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE)   DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0   create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE   encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast       √      ×     Answers of examinees   Correct answer ×

： 

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .       √      ×     Answers of examinees  

：

：×  Correct answer 

Correct answer   × QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.       √       

×  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

4/18

29.11.2018

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   √     

：√ 

：

Show question answer

      Correct answer  

QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.       √     

×  

  Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non­ OSPF speaking devices.       √      ×     Answers of examinees  

：√ 

：

      Correct answer  

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .       √       

×  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   ×

：

：×  Correct answer  QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.       √       

×  

Answers of examinees  

：√ 

      Correct answer  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

5/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

：

Correct answer   √      QuestionScore:(1.0)   Current Score: 1.0

21.Single Which of the following protocol is required in negotiation to compress the TCP/IP packet header for a PPP link?            

a.LCP   b.PAP   c.IPCP   d.CHAP  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：a Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

22.Single How many hosts are available in the network 154.27.0.0 without sub­netting?      

a.254   b.1024

     

 

c.65,534   d.16,777,206  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：a Wrong answer 

Correct answer   c QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

23.Single On VRP platform, what is the function for command "interface vlan­interface vlan­id"?            

a.Create a VLAN   b.Create or enter VLAN interface   c.Configure VLAN for an interface   d.No such command  

  http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

6/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：d Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

24.Single The data forwarding of the switch is based on ( ).            

a.Source MAC address    b.Destination MAC address   c.Source IP address   d.Destination IP address  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

25.Single Which network topology has risk of whole network failure when a link is broken?              

a.Mesh   b.Bus   c.Star   d.Tree  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

26.Single Which class does IP address 190.233.27.13 belong to?          

a.A   b.B   c.C  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

7/18

29.11.2018

 

Show question answer

d.D  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：a Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

27.Single Which of the following descriptions about learning state in STP is incorrect?            

a.The port in learning state can receive and send BPDU   b.The port in learning state can learn the source MAC address of data packet   c.The port in learning state can only learn the source MAC address but cannot transmit the data packet.   d.The port in learning state can forward part of the data packet  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer d

： 

：d Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

28.Single The subnet mask of the network segment 175.25.8.0/19 is ( )            

a.255.255.0.0   b.255.255.224.0   c.255.255.24.0   d.The subnet mask varies according to the class of IP address  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

29.Single Which of the following is the broadcast MAC address?      

a.FF­FF­FF­FF   b.FF­FF­FF­FF­FF­FF  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

8/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

     

c.00­00­00­00­00­00   d.00­00­00­FF­FF­FF  

    Answers of examinees  

：

：b Correct answer 

Correct answer   b QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

30.Single In Ethernet standard, which of the following mechanisms is used to avoid collision when different nodes transmit packets simultaneously?            

a.CSMA/CA   b.CSMA/DA   c.CSMA/CD   d.CSMA/AC  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：a Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

31.Single IGP is the protocol which is used in ( )            

a.An area   b.A LAN   c.An Autonomous System   d.Within the range of classful address  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

32.Single How is routing information about a default route expressed?   http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

9/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

       

a.The destination IP address is expressed in all 0s and the mask is expressed in all 1s.   b.The destination IP address is expressed in all 1s and the mask is expressed in all 0s.   c.Both the destination IP address and mask are expressed in all 0s.   d.Both the destination IP address and mask are expressed in all 1s.

      Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

 

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

33.Single A series of packets are used in a Ping test to determine whether delay and packet loss occur in communication. Which of the following represents the packet used in a Ping test?     a.FTP          

 

b.Tracert   c.ICMP   d.Telnet  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer c

： 

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

34.Single A router with OSPF enabled calculates the shortest route to the destination by using ( ) algorithm.              

a.OSPF   b.SPF   c.SRC   d.OPF  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：b Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

10/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

35.Single In OSI reference model, VLAN tag resides at ( ) layer.        

a.Physical   b.Data link   c.Network

     

 

d.Application  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：a Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

36.Single Which communication mode does a hub work in?     a.Simplex      

 

b.Half­duplex   c.Full­duplex mode   d.Auto­negotiation

 

 

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer b

： 

：c Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 0.0

37.Single OSPF runs over the IP protocol and the IP protocol No. used by OSPF is ( ).          

a.89   b.80   c.512   d.2328

   

 

  Answers of examinees  

：a Correct answer 

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

11/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

：

Correct answer   a QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

38.Single The subnet mask of a class A address is 255.255.240.0. How many bits are used for sub­netting?                

a.4   b.5   c.9   d.12  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   d

：

：d Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

39.Single How many root bridges does the STP protocol select from all the network bridges when calculating a spanning tree?            

a.1   b.2   c.3   d.4  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   a

：

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

40.Single Which of the following applications can be used to detect the path along which the data packets are transmitted from the source to the destination?            

a.Route   b.Nestat   c.Tracert   d.Send  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

12/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

    Answers of examinees  

：

：c Correct answer 

Correct answer   c QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

41.Single Each router only knows how to forward the packet to the next hop IP address. It doesn't know the end to end forwarding path. This type of forwarding is called ( )                

a.Hop by hop forwarding   b.Host by host forwarding   c.Router by router forwarding   d.Network by network forwarding  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   a

：

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

42.Single In STP calculation, a port identifier consists of two parts: one­byte ( ) and one­byte port number.        

a.Port priority   b.Link priority   c.Bridge MAC address

   

 

d.Port MAC address  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   a

：

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

43.Single Characterized by simple configuration and poor scalability, which of the following protocols is based on the Bellman­Ford algorithm and sends a complete routing table to an adjacent router at a certain interval?      

a.Distance vector routing protocol   b.Link­state routing protocol  

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

13/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

   

c.Interior gateway protocol   d.Exterior gateway protocol

      Answers of examinees  

：

 

：a Correct answer 

Correct answer   a QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

44.Single The Ethernet standard that is widely used by LAN is defined by ( ).                

a.IEEE 802.5   b.IEEE 802.2   c.IEEE 802.3   d.IEEE 802.1  

Answers of examinees   Correct answer   c

：

：c Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

45.Single In the OSI reference model, one layer converts bits into bytes and then into frames in addition to providing medium access. Which of the following layers stands for this layer?            

a.Data Link Layer   b.Session Layer   c.Network Layer   d.Application Layer  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer   a

：

：a Correct answer  QuestionScore:(2.0)   Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the following descriptions about VRRP priority are correct?   http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

14/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

       

a.The owner of Virtual IP address always uses 255 as running priority despite of its configured priority   b.The owner of Virtual IP address always uses 0 as running priority despite of its configured priority   c.A router with VRRP priority 0 will not take part in master election and can permanently act as slave.   d.When the master of VRRP stop running VRRP, the router will send a VRRP notification packet whose priority field is 0

      Answers of examinees   Correct answer ad

： 

 

：b Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 0.0

47.Multiple Choice The evolution of firewall technology goes through the following three stages, and these stages include ( )     a.Packet filtering firewall      

b.Proxy firewall   c.Stateful firewall

 

 

d.Link­layer firewall  

 

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer abc

： 

：a Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 0.0

48.Multiple Choice Which of the following applications are based on the TCP protocol?     a.PING     b.FTP      

 

c.TELNET   d.OSPF  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer bc

： 

：bc Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

15/18

29.11.2018

p

Show question answer

Which of the following protocols reside at transport layer?     a.IP          

b.TCP   c.UDP   d.SNMP  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer bc

： 

：bc Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice Which of the following parameters must be specified when configure static mapping for Frame Relay network?     a.Local DLCI           

b.Remote DLCI   c.Local network layer protocol address    d.Remote network layer protocol address  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer ad

： 

：ad Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice Which of the following functions does LCP provide?     a.Negotiates to establish links.          

b.Negotiates to use which Layer 3 protocols.   c.Disconnects a link when the idle timer of the link expires.   d.Tests a link to check the link quality and thus to determine whether a link can be established.  

    Answers of examinees   Correct answer acd

： 

：abc Wrong answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 0.0

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

16/18

29.11.2018

Show question answer

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements are incorrect?     a.The preferences for each static routes entry can be different.        

b.By default, OSPF is more preferred to RIP.   c.The greater the cost, the better the route is.  

d.For those routes to the same destination on VRP platform, the one with higher preference value is more preferred over the one with lower preference value.         Answers of examinees  

：

：cd Correct answer 

Correct answer   cd QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the backbone area in OSPF protocol are correct?     a.The area ID of the backbone area is 0.0.0.1.     b.Each area must be connected to the backbone area.     c.Backbone area is responsible for advertising the aggregated routing information generated by ABR between non­backbone areas.        

d.ABR connects to different areas and at least one of the connected area is backbone area.  

  Answers of examinees   Correct answer   bcd

：

：bcd Correct answer  QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

54.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding OSPF are correct?        

a.Support CIDR (Classless Inter­Domain Routing)   b.Use the distance vector algorithm  

c.Use the triggered updates to immediately notify the neighbors about the topology changes so that the changes are synchronized in the AS.     d.Use the reserved multicast addresses to transmit protocol packets.         Answers of examinees

：acd Correct answer

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

17/18

29.11.2018

 

Show question answer

：

Correct answer   acd QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the route preference are correct?     a.It is used by RIP and OSPF only     b.It is used by all routing protocols            

c.It is an important factor for route selection   d.The default preference value of direct route is 0  

Answers of examinees  

：

：bcd Correct answer 

Correct answer   bcd QuestionScore:(3.0)   Current Score: 3.0

close

http://e-learning.huawei.com/exam/usermain/paper/userpaper.viewuserhispaperqueslist.flow?p_id=5384789881637533&trys=1&rserverid=100

18/18

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :GriAnd Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:80.0

1.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Wrong answer Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

13.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single What does the number "30" in the following frame relay configuration command stand for? [RTB-Serial0]fr map ip 10.1.1.2 30 a.Subnet mask b.DLCI c.Cost d.Weight

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

22.Single The first three octets of a Class C IP address represent a network. Which of the following binary numbers does the first byte of the three octets start with? a.101 b.100 c.110 d.10

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single A series of packets are used in a Ping test to determine whether delay and packet loss occur in communication. Which of the following represents the packet used in a Ping test? a.FTP b.Tracert c.ICMP d.Telnet

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single The IP address of a network is 12.28.75.160. After the network is divided into different subnets, the subnet mask is 255.255.252.0. In this case, which of the following represents the subnet broadcast address? a.12.28.255.255 b.12.28.69.255 c.12.28.75.255 d.12.255.255.255

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single Hub work at ( ) layer. a.Physical b.Data link c.Network d.Application

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single The TTL field in an IP header specifies the number of routers that a datagram is allowed to traverse. After the datagram traverses a router, the TTL value is deducted by 1. When the TTL reaches a certain value, the datagram is discarded. Which of the following represents this value? a.0 b.1 c.-1 d.2

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single What is the decimal value for binary 11001011? a.171 b.193 c.203 d.207

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single According to IEEE802.1Q, where is VLAN ID in the tagged Ethernet frame? a.Not fixed b.In front of the source MAC address and destination MAC address c.Behind the source MAC address and destination MAC address d.Between the source MAC address and destination MAC address

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.Single Which of the following protocols is a Application layer protocol , translates a domain name into an IP address, and manages domain names in a distributed manner? a.TCP b.UDP c.DNS d.HTTP

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single In the OSI reference model, one layer converts bits into bytes and then into frames in addition to providing medium access. Which of the following layers stands for this layer? a.Data Link Layer b.Session Layer c.Network Layer d.Application Layer

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

31.Single Workstation A and workstation B are respectively connected to two ports of a switch. Assume the MAC table of the switch is empty now. Which of the following statements is true as soon as the switch receives the first packet sent by Workstation A to Workstation B? a.The switch will learn address of A b.The switch will learn address of B c.The switch will not learn any address d.The switch will learn addresses of both A and B

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

32.Single The network address of 125.3.54.56 with default subnet mask is ( ) a.125.0.0.0 b.125.3.0.0 c.125.3.54.0 d.125.3.54.32

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

33.Single 172.16.10.32/24 is ( ) a.Network address b.Host address c.Multicast address d.Broadcast address

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

34.Single Which of the following descriptions about VRRP is true? a.Only master processes the data sent to the virtual router b.Only slave processes the data sent to the virtual router c.Both master and slave process the data sent to the virtual router d.By default, only master processes the data sent to the virtual router. However, if slave is enabled, it can also processes the data sent to the virtual router

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

35.Single Which protocol does FTP use to provide reliable data transmission? a.RTP b.SIP c.UDP d.TCP

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single A router with OSPF enabled calculates the shortest route to the destination by using ( ) algorithm. a.OSPF b.SPF c.SRC d.OPF

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single STP calculates the overall cost of each path between a non-root bridge and a root bridge. What is a port on the non-root bridge called on the path that has the minimum overall cost? a.Designated port b.Root port c.Common port d.Queue port

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single Which communication mode does a hub work in? a.Simplex b.Half-duplex c.Full-duplex mode d.Auto-negotiation

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single The subnet mask of the network segment 175.25.8.0/19 is ( ) a.255.255.0.0 b.255.255.224.0 c.255.255.24.0 d.The subnet mask varies according to the class of IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

40.Single The shortest path tree calculated by a router in an OSPF area provides ( ) on the path from this router to other nodes in the network. a.All link states b.Routing table c.MAC address table d.ARP table

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single OSPF takes the precedence to select ( ) as a router ID unless you specify a router ID manually. a.the biggest IP address of all the loopback port addresses b.the biggest IP address of the physical port IP addresses c.127.0.0.1 d.the IP address of a port connected to an OSPF neighbor

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

42.Single According to OSI reference model, switch operates at ( ) layer. a.Physical b.Data link c.Transport d.Application

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single Which of the following class has the first octet beginning with "1110"? a.Class A b.Class B c.Class C d.Class D

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single Characterized by simple configuration and poor scalability, which of the following protocols is based on the Bellman-Ford algorithm and sends a complete routing table to an adjacent router at a certain interval? a.Distance vector routing protocol b.Link-state routing protocol c.Interior gateway protocol d.Exterior gateway protocol

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single The PDU (Protocol Data Unit) that resides at physical layer is called ( ) a.Frame b.Packet c.Segment d.Binary bit flow

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the following parameters must be specified when configure static mapping for Frame Relay network? a.Local DLCI b.Remote DLCI c.Local network layer protocol address d.Remote network layer protocol address

Answers of examinees：ab Wrong answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

47.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the function of a router are correct? a.Connecting same networks. b.Segmenting the packet so that the forwarding is easier c.Forwarding the packet from one network to another d.Addressing

Answers of examinees：acd Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

48.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the routing table are correct? a.The next hop in the routing table is redundant because the outgoing interface is enough for packet forwarding. b.The routes from generated by different protocols have different preferences. c.The costs of different routing protocols are comparable. d.The costs of different routing protocols are not comparable

Answers of examinees：bd Correct answer Correct answer： bd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following functions does LCP provide? a.Negotiates to establish links. b.Negotiates to use which Layer 3 protocols. c.Disconnects a link when the idle timer of the link expires. d.Tests a link to check the link quality and thus to determine whether a link can be established.

Answers of examinees：cd Wrong answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

50.Multiple Choice Which of the following devices have functions of all seven layers of OSI reference model? a.Router b.Email Server c.Layer three switch d.Network management server

Answers of examinees：bd Correct answer Correct answer： bd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice What are functions of Inverse ARP? a.Find the hardware address of the device according to its IP address b.Find the DLCI number of the connection c.Find the IP address of the remote device based on virtual circuit in Frame Relay network d.Establish the mapping relationship between IP address of remote device and DLCI

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the protocols are commonly used at the Data Link Layer of a WAN? a.802.2 b.802.4 c.HDLC d.PPP

Answers of examinees：abcd Wrong answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements are incorrect? a.The preferences for each static routes entry can be different. b.By default, OSPF is more preferred to RIP. c.The greater the cost, the better the route is. d.For those routes to the same destination on VRP platform, the one with higher preference value is more preferred over the one with lower preference value.

Answers of examinees：acd Wrong answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

54.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding RIP are correct? a.RIP is an IGP. b.RIP is an EGP c.RIP is a distance vector routing protocol. d.RIP is a link-state routing protocol.

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols reside at transport layer? a.IP b.TCP c.UDP d.SNMP

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

close

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :ebg_2997929 Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:69.0

1.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on nonOSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： ×

QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False

If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the

authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single On Huawei switches running STP,the default value of forward delay is ( ) seconds. a.10 b.15 c.20 d.30

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

22.Single What is the main function of DNS? a.Domain Name Resolution b.Remote Access c.File Transfer d.Mail Transfer

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single How many hosts are available in the network 154.27.0.0 without sub-netting? a.254 b.1024 c.65,534

d.16,777,206

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

24.Single How many layers are included in OSI reference model? a.3 b.5 c.6 d.7

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single In OSI reference model, VLAN tag resides at ( ) layer. a.Physical b.Data link c.Network d.Application

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single For a traditional class C network without sub-netting, how many hosts are available at most? a.1024

b.65025 c.254 d.48

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single The data forwarding of the switch is based on ( ). a.Source MAC address b.Destination MAC address c.Source IP address d.Destination IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single According to OSI reference model, which of the following statements about the function of network layer is correct? a.Ensure the correctness of data transmission b.Control the forwarding and routing of data packet c.Control transmission of bit flow d.Error correction and flow control

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.Single

The subnet mask of a class A address is 255.255.240.0. How many bits are used for sub-netting? a.4 b.5 c.9 d.12

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

30.Single Which of the following descriptions about learning state in STP is incorrect? a.The port in learning state can receive and send BPDU b.The port in learning state can learn the source MAC address of data packet c.The port in learning state can only learn the source MAC address but cannot transmit the data packet. d.The port in learning state can forward part of the data packet

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

31.Single In OSI reference model, which layer resides at the bottom? a.Data link layer b.Application layer c.Physical layer d.Network layer

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single In a destination MAC address, which bit of the address determines whether a frame is sent to a “single” station or a group of stations? a.0 b.1 c.8 d.48

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

33.Single The common address in an IP address is globally unique. Which of the following addresses can be used repeated in a LAN? a.Host address b.Private address c.Network address d.Subnet address

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

34.Single Which of the following numbers is the maximum hop count in RIP? a.12 b.15 c.16 d.Infinity

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

35.Single OSPF takes the precedence to select ( ) as a router ID unless you specify a router ID manually. a.the biggest IP address of all the loopback port addresses b.the biggest IP address of the physical port IP addresses c.127.0.0.1 d.the IP address of a port connected to an OSPF neighbor

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single In Ethernet standard, which of the following mechanisms is used to avoid collision when different nodes transmit packets simultaneously? a.CSMA/CA b.CSMA/DA c.CSMA/CD d.CSMA/AC

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single How many bytes does the Maximum Receive Unit (MRU) of PPP consist of by default? a.1024 b.1500

c.1518 d.8096

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

38.Single STP is short for ? a.Rapid spanning tree protocol b.Shortest path tree protocol c.Spanning tree protocol d.Sharing tree protocol

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single Which of the following protocols is used to send email on the internet? a.SMTP b.MSTP c.FTP d.TFTP

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

40.Single Assume an internal network has only one route to the external networks, which of the following configurations is better?

a.Default route b.Host route c.Dynamic route d.Direct route

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

41.Single In STP, what is the length of bridge ID? a.8 bits b.32 bits c.48 bits d.64 bits

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

42.Single A port of the switch belongs to VLAN 5. If VLAN 5 is removed by using command "undo vlan 5", then which VLAN does this port belong? a.0 b.1 c.1023 d.1024

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single The main idea of STP is to generate a loop-free tree by exchanging a special kind of message between bridges. This message is called ( ). a.Configuration BPDU b.TCN BPDU c.Hello BPDU d.Update BPDU

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single A frame tag adds ( ) to each frame so that the frame can be transmitted through Trunk ports on switches. a.Destination MAC address b.Source MAC address of a switch c.VLAN ID d.Bridge ID of a switch

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single The first three octets of a Class C IP address represent a network. Which of the following binary numbers does the first byte of the three octets start with? a.101 b.100 c.110 d.10

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the protocols are commonly used at the Data Link Layer of a WAN? a.802.2 b.802.4 c.HDLC d.PPP

Answers of examinees：ab Wrong answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

47.Multiple Choice Which of the following descriptions about access port are correct? a.Access port belongs to only one VLAN b.Access port belongs to “multiple” VLAN c.Access port is used for connection between switch and PC d.Access port is used for connection between switches

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice Which of the following devices have functions of all seven layers of OSI reference model? a.Router b.Email Server

c.Layer three switch d.Network management server

Answers of examinees：bd Correct answer Correct answer： bd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following devices operate at data link layer? a.Hub b.Bridge c.Switch d.Router e.Firewall

Answers of examinees：cd Wrong answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

50.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding default route are correct? a.Default route is a special type of dynamic route b.Some of the dynamic routing protocol such as OSPF can generate default routes. c.Default route is used when the destination network is not in the routing table. d.The network IP and mask of the default route is 0.0.0.0 and 0.0.0.0 respectively.

Answers of examinees：bcd Correct answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice

Which of the following descriptions about VRRP priority are correct? a.The owner of Virtual IP address always uses 255 as running priority despite of its configured priority b.The owner of Virtual IP address always uses 0 as running priority despite of its configured priority c.A router with VRRP priority 0 will not take part in master election and can permanently act as slave. d.When the master of VRRP stop running VRRP, the router will send a VRRP notification packet whose priority field is 0

Answers of examinees：cd Wrong answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following are the interface states of STP? a.Disabled b.Blocking c.Shut down d.Learning e.Forwarding

Answers of examinees：ce Wrong answer Correct answer： abde QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding RIP are correct? a.RIP is an IGP. b.RIP is an EGP c.RIP is a distance vector routing protocol. d.RIP is a link-state routing protocol.

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer

Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

54.Multiple Choice What features does RIPv2 provide? a.Extension of subnet mask(VLSM) b.Large scale network c.Plain text authentication d.MD5 encrypted text authentication

Answers of examinees：ab Wrong answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

55.Multiple Choice In a ( ) network, DRs and BDRs are used to prevent the problem with route convergence at a low speed. a.Point-to-point b.Broadcast c.NBMA d.Point-to-multipoint

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

close

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :GriAnd Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:65.0 1.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 2.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 3.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0 4.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0 5.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 6.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 7.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 8.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Wrong answer Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0 9.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0 10.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Wrong answer Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0 11.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0 12.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 13.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 14.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 15.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 16.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 17.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 18.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 19.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0 20.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0 21.Single Which of the following parameters is used by RIP to calculate the value of cost? a.MTU b.Delay c.Bandwidth d.Hop count

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 22.Single IGP is the protocol which is used in ( ) a.An area b.A LAN c.An Autonomous System d.Within the range of classful address

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 23.Single How many hosts are available for the network segment 192.168.2.16/28? a.16 b.8 c.15 d.14 e.7

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 24.Single Which of the following is the broadcast MAC address? a.FF-FF-FF-FF b.FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF c.00-00-00-00-00-00 d.00-00-00-FF-FF-FF

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 25.Single On Huawei switches running STP,the default value of forward delay is ( ) seconds. a.10 b.15 c.20 d.30

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 26.Single For a traditional class C network without sub-netting, how many hosts are available at most? a.1024 b.65025 c.254 d.48

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0 27.Single What function does the NCP protocol can provide for a PPP connection? a.Error detection b.User identifier authentication c.Carrying of “multiple” Layer 3 protocols d.Congestion control

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0 28.Single Assume that a non-backbone area and backbone area can not be directly connected. Which of the following ways can be used to solve this problem? a.Configuring ABR b.Configuring ASBR c.Configuring Virtual-link d.Configuring Stub area

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0 29.Single A router runs OSPF and its interface Serial 0 with IP address 10.0.0.1/30 belongs to the backbone area, which of the following commands is used to enable OSPF at this interface? a.[Quidway-ospf -1-area-0.0.0.0]network 10.0.0.0 b.[Quidway-ospf -1-area-0.0.0.0]network 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.3 c.[Quidway-serial0]ospf area 0 enable d.[Quidway-ospf -1]network 10.0.0.0 255.255.255.252

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 30.Single A switch receives entire data frame and then perform CRC checking,the frame is forwarded unless CRC checking fails. The switch mode for this switch is ? a.Cut-Through b.Store-and-Forward c.Fragment-free d.Store-free

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0 31.Single Each router only knows how to forward the packet to the next hop IP address. It doesn't know the end to end forwarding path. This type of forwarding is called ( ) a.Hop by hop forwarding b.Host by host forwarding c.Router by router forwarding d.Network by network forwarding

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 32.Single Which of the following is the metric of OSPF? a.Number of hops b.COST c.Priority d.LSA

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 33.Single Which of the following applications can be used to detect the path along which the data packets are transmitted from the source to the destination? a.Route b.Nestat c.Tracert d.Send

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 34.Single How many layers are included in OSI reference model? a.3 b.5 c.6 d.7

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 35.Single The data forwarding of the switch is based on ( ). a.Source MAC address b.Destination MAC address c.Source IP address d.Destination IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 36.Single Which of the following protocols provides a reliability mechanism and can be used as a transport-level protocol? a.TCP b.UDP c.ICMP d.HDLC

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 37.Single According to OSI reference model, switch operates at ( ) layer. a.Physical b.Data link c.Transport d.Application

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 38.Single A series of packets are used in a Ping test to determine whether delay and packet loss occur in communication. Which of the following represents the packet used in a Ping test? a.FTP b.Tracert c.ICMP d.Telnet

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 39.Single Which of the following values is the default preference value for static route on the VRP platform? a.0 b.20 c.60 d.100

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 40.Single Which of the following standard organizations has defined the protocol for LAN such as 802 series protocols? a.IEEE b.ITU-T c.IETF d.ETSI

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 41.Single Which of the following is abbreviation of VRP? a.Versatile Routine Platform b.Virtual Routing Platform c.Virtual Routing Plane d.Versatile Routing Platform

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 42.Single How many root bridges does the STP protocol select from all the network bridges when calculating a spanning tree? a.1 b.2 c.3 d.4

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 43.Single STP calculates the overall cost of each path between a non-root bridge and a root bridge. What is a port on the non-root bridge called on the path that has the minimum overall cost? a.Designated port b.Root port c.Common port d.Queue port

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0 44.Single Characterized by simple configuration and poor scalability, which of the following protocols is based on the Bellman-Ford algorithm and sends a complete routing table to an adjacent router at a certain interval? a.Distance vector routing protocol b.Link-state routing protocol c.Interior gateway protocol d.Exterior gateway protocol

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 45.Single According to OSI reference model, which layer does PPP reside at? a.Physical layer b.Data link layer c.Network layer d.Transport layer

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0 46.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the backbone area in OSPF protocol are correct? a.The area ID of the backbone area is 0.0.0.1. b.Each area must be connected to the backbone area. c.Backbone area is responsible for advertising the aggregated routing information generated by ABR between non-backbone areas. d.ABR connects to different areas and at least one of the connected area is backbone area.

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0 47.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding RIP are correct? a.RIP is an IGP. b.RIP is an EGP c.RIP is a distance vector routing protocol. d.RIP is a link-state routing protocol.

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0 48.Multiple Choice Which of the following devices operate at data link layer? a.Hub b.Bridge c.Switch d.Router e.Firewall

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0 49.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols are routing protocols? a.RIP b.OSPF c.PPP d.IPX

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0 50.Multiple Choice Which of the following descriptions are correct about VLAN interface? a.A virtual interface is required to be created for the VLAN if we want to assign an IP address for that VLAN b.Two VLAN interfaces on the same switch can be assigned with the same IP address c.The VLAN interface number must be the same with VLAN ID d.The VLAN interface can be configured for the non-existed VLAN

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0 51.Multiple Choice Data link layer has two sub-layers, they are ( ) a.PVC sub-layer b.MAC sub-layer c.LLC sub-layer d.VC sub-layer

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0 52.Multiple Choice Which of the following devices have functions of all seven layers of OSI reference model? a.Router b.Email Server c.Layer three switch d.Network management server

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： bd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0 53.Multiple Choice In a ( ) network, DRs and BDRs are used to prevent the problem with route convergence at a low speed. a.Point-to-point b.Broadcast c.NBMA d.Point-to-multipoint

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0 54.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding RIP routing information are correct? a.User can specify the route preference of RIP higher than that of static routes. b.If the route calculated by other routing protocol which is imported by RIP does not specify the cost value, the cost value will be set as 1 by default c.User can specify the route preference value of RIP lower than that of direct routes. d.The route preference of RIP can not be configured manually.

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0 55.Multiple Choice Which of the following are routed protocols? a.IP b.OSPF c.BGP d.IPX

Answers of examinees：ad Correct answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0 close

Answered by :pollyvolk Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:74.0

1.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

2.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

6.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Wrong answer Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

11.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False

A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

17.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√ Correct answer： √

Correct answer

QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single What do we call the routes in the routing table that have the same cost to the same destination? a.Equivalent routes b.Sub-optimal routes c.Multipath routes d.Default routes

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

22.Single Each router calculates the shortest path tree based on the LSDB with itself as a ( ) node. a.Root b.leaf c.Specified point d.Backup

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single A VLAN can be considered as a ( ). a.Collision domain

b.Broadcast domain c.Management domain d.Blocking domain

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single An L2 switch checks the MAC address forwarding table before it forwards a packet. How does the L2 switch forward a packet that contains an address not listed in the MAC address forwarding table? a.Multicast b.Broadcast c.Unicast d.Searching for routes

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single Which of the following is the abbreviation for ICMP? a.Internal Control Mail Protocol b.Intranet Control Message Protocol c.internet connection Message Protocol

d.Internet Control Message Protocol

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single OSPF takes the precedence to select ( ) as a router ID unless you specify a router ID manually. a.the biggest IP address of all the loopback port addresses b.the biggest IP address of the physical port IP addresses c.127.0.0.1 d.the IP address of a port connected to an OSPF neighbor

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single Which of the following protocols authenticates a user remotely, authorizes the user access, and performs charging? a.SMTP b.RADIUS c.DNS d.HTTP

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer

Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single Which of the following statements regarding the routing loop in OSPF is correct? a.Routing loop is eliminated within an OSPF area. b.Routing loop is not eliminated between two OSPF areas. c.Routing loop is not eliminated within an OSPF Autonomous Systems. d.No routing loop exists outside the OSPF autonomous system.

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

29.Single A switch is based on port-based VLAN IDs. When the switch receives untagged frames, the VLAN ID is determined by ( ). a.BPDU b.PVID c.MAC mapping table d.IP Address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single

On VRP platform, what is the function for command "interface vlan-interface vlan-id"? a.Create a VLAN b.Create or enter VLAN interface c.Configure VLAN for an interface d.No such command

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

31.Single Which of the following multicast address represents all routers of the subnet? a.224.0.0.1 b.224.0.0.2 c.224.0.0.3 d.224.0.0.9

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

32.Single How many hosts are available for the network segment 192.168.2.16/28? a.16 b.8 c.15

d.14 e.7

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

33.Single Which of the following is the function of session layer? a.Provide encryption and decryption b.Provide data transformation and data format c.Establish connection between hosts d.Establish maintain and terminate session

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

34.Single On Huawei switches running STP,the default value of forward delay is ( ) seconds. a.10 b.15 c.20 d.30

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

35.Single Which of the following is used by routers to forward the packets on the network? a.DNS lookups b.ARP tables c.Routing tables d.MAC address tables

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single How is routing information about a default route expressed? a.The destination IP address is expressed in all 0s and the mask is expressed in all 1s. b.The destination IP address is expressed in all 1s and the mask is expressed in all 0s. c.Both the destination IP address and mask are expressed in all 0s. d.Both the destination IP address and mask are expressed in all 1s.

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single

In a destination MAC address, which bit of the address determines whether a frame is sent to a “single” station or a group of stations? a.0 b.1 c.8 d.48

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

38.Single The common address in an IP address is globally unique. Which of the following addresses can be used repeated in a LAN? a.Host address b.Private address c.Network address d.Subnet address

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

39.Single Routers are a type of computer equipment for network interconnections. Which layer of the OSI reference model does a router work at? a.Session Layer

b.Data Link Layer c.Network Layer d.Application Layer

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

40.Single Which of the following standards is defined by IEEE to regulate the implementation of VLAN between switches? a.802.1x b.802.1d c.802.1q d.802.3

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single How many root bridges does the STP protocol select from all the network bridges when calculating a spanning tree? a.1 b.2 c.3 d.4

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

42.Single A port of the switch belongs to VLAN 5. If VLAN 5 is removed by using command "undo vlan 5", then which VLAN does this port belong? a.0 b.1 c.1023 d.1024

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single When a node transmits data over a network medium, the data is transmitted to all the nodes on the network. Which topology does this network use? a.Star b.Bus c.Tree d.Ring

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer

Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

44.Single 172.16.10.32/24 is ( ) a.Network address b.Host address c.Multicast address d.Broadcast address

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

45.Single A MAC address consists of 48 bits and is generally expressed in 12-bit dotted decimal notation. What kind of address does a MAC address consisting of all 1s stand for? a.Multicast address b.Broadcast address c.Unicast address d.Virtual address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice

Which of the following statements are incorrect? a.The preferences for each static routes entry can be different. b.By default, OSPF is more preferred to RIP. c.The greater the cost, the better the route is. d.For those routes to the same destination on VRP platform, the one with higher preference value is more preferred over the one with lower preference value.

Answers of examinees：c Wrong answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

47.Multiple Choice Which of the protocols are commonly used at the Data Link Layer of a WAN? a.802.2 b.802.4 c.HDLC d.PPP

Answers of examinees：acd Wrong answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

48.Multiple Choice Which of the following devices operate at data link layer? a.Hub b.Bridge

c.Switch d.Router e.Firewall

Answers of examinees：bc Correct answer Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols can be used for file transfer? a.FTP b.TFTP c.TELNET d.ICMP

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice What functions does a router mainly provide? a.Check the destination address in a datagram. b.Determine the information source. c.Discover possible routes. d.Verify and maintain route information.

Answers of examinees：acd Correct answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice FTP session consists of two types of connections, they are( ) a.Output connection b.Input connection c.Control connection d.Data connection

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding RIP are correct? a.RIP is an IGP. b.RIP is an EGP c.RIP is a distance vector routing protocol. d.RIP is a link-state routing protocol.

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding OSPF are correct? a.Support CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) b.Use the distance vector algorithm c.Use the triggered updates to immediately notify the neighbors about the topology changes so that the changes are synchronized in the AS. d.Use the reserved multicast addresses to transmit protocol packets.

Answers of examinees：acd Correct answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

54.Multiple Choice Compared to static routing protocol, which of the following are the advantages of dynamic routing protocol? a.Low bandwidth consumption b.Simple c.The router running dynamic routing protocol can detect the changes of the network topology automatically. d.The router running dynamic routing protocol can calculate the routes automatically.

Answers of examinees：cd Correct answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice The evolution of firewall technology goes through the following three stages, and these stages include ( )

a.Packet filtering firewall b.Proxy firewall c.Stateful firewall d.Link-layer firewall

Answers of examinees：abc Correct answer Correct answer： abc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

H12-211 HCNA-HNTD Mock Exam Answered by :pollyvolk Total exam score:100.0 Exam score:90.0

1.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow: [RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

13.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

17.True or False

When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single When two OSPF routers synchronize their LSDBs, they use ( ) packets to describe their own LSDBs. a.Hello b.DD c.LSR d.LSU

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

22.Single What is the main function of DNS? a.Domain Name Resolution b.Remote Access c.File Transfer d.Mail Transfer

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

23.Single Which device operates at physical layer? a.Switch b.Hub c.Router d.Firewall

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single According to OSI reference model, which layer defines mechanical, electrical, functional and procedural functions to realize data transmission? a.Transport layer b.Data link layer c.Network layer d.Physical layer

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single Hub work at ( ) layer. a.Physical b.Data link

c.Network d.Application

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single Which of the following cost values indicates that the route learned from RIP is unreachable? a.8 b.10 c.15 d.16

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single According to OSI reference model, switch operates at ( ) layer. a.Physical b.Data link c.Transport d.Application

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single Which of the following is the default TCP port number used by HTTP? a.80 b.8080 c.110 d.25

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

29.Single In STP, what is the length of bridge ID? a.8 bits b.32 bits c.48 bits d.64 bits

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

30.Single

Which of the following routing protocols are the link state routing protocols? a.RIP b.BGP c.IP d.OSPF

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

31.Single Which of the following protocols provides a reliability mechanism and can be used as a transport-level protocol? a.TCP b.UDP c.ICMP d.HDLC

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single Which of the following protocols is a Application layer protocol , translates a domain name into an IP address, and manages domain names in a distributed manner? a.TCP b.UDP

c.DNS d.HTTP

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

33.Single The first three octets of a Class C IP address represent a network. Which of the following binary numbers does the first byte of the three octets start with? a.101 b.100 c.110 d.10

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

34.Single In a TCP/IP protocol stack, the headers of packets at each layer are removed in the decapsulation process in a specified manner. Which of the following is the right manner? a.From upper to lower b.From lower to upper c.From Transport Layer to the lower layers d.From Network Layer to the upper layers

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

35.Single The default mask of class B address is ( ). a.255.0.0.0 b.255.255.0.0 c.255.255.255.0 d.255.225.255.255

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

36.Single A VLAN can be considered as a ( ). a.Collision domain b.Broadcast domain c.Management domain d.Blocking domain

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single 172.16.10.32/24 is ( ) a.Network address b.Host address c.Multicast address d.Broadcast address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single OSPF runs over the IP protocol and the IP protocol No. used by OSPF is ( ). a.89 b.80 c.512 d.2328

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single Which of the following represents the subnet mask of the 192.168.1.7/28 IP address? a.255.255.255.240

b.255.255.255.248 c.255.255.255.224 d.255.255.255.252

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

40.Single A router with OSPF enabled calculates the shortest route to the destination by using ( ) algorithm. a.OSPF b.SPF c.SRC d.OPF

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single The Ethernet standard that is widely used by LAN is defined by ( ). a.IEEE 802.5 b.IEEE 802.2 c.IEEE 802.3 d.IEEE 802.1

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

42.Single What is the decimal value for binary 11001011? a.171 b.193 c.203 d.207

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single What function does the NCP protocol can provide for a PPP connection? a.Error detection b.User identifier authentication c.Carrying of “multiple” Layer 3 protocols d.Congestion control

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c

QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

44.Single OSPF takes the precedence to select ( ) as a router ID unless you specify a router ID manually. a.the biggest IP address of all the loopback port addresses b.the biggest IP address of the physical port IP addresses c.127.0.0.1 d.the IP address of a port connected to an OSPF neighbor

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single What do we call the routes in the routing table that have the same cost to the same destination? a.Equivalent routes b.Sub-optimal routes c.Multipath routes d.Default routes

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the following are routed protocols? a.IP

b.OSPF c.BGP d.IPX

Answers of examinees：ad Correct answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

47.Multiple Choice Which of the following parameters must be specified when configure static mapping for Frame Relay network? a.Local DLCI b.Remote DLCI c.Local network layer protocol address d.Remote network layer protocol address

Answers of examinees：ad Correct answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice Which of the following are the interface states of STP? a.Disabled b.Blocking c.Shut down d.Learning

e.Forwarding

Answers of examinees：abde Correct answer Correct answer： abde QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols can be used for file transfer? a.FTP b.TFTP c.TELNET d.ICMP

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice What functions does a router mainly provide? a.Check the destination address in a datagram. b.Determine the information source. c.Discover possible routes. d.Verify and maintain route information.

Answers of examinees：acd Correct answer

Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding RIP routing information are correct? a.User can specify the route preference of RIP higher than that of static routes. b.If the route calculated by other routing protocol which is imported by RIP does not specify the cost value, the cost value will be set as 1 by default c.User can specify the route preference value of RIP lower than that of direct routes. d.The route preference of RIP can not be configured manually.

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice A routing table can be formed by using different methods. Which of the following protocols are used to form a routing table? a.Static routing protocol b.Dynamic routing protocol c.Application-level protocol d.Transport-level protocol

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

53.Multiple Choice

Which of the following statements regarding default route are correct? a.Default route is a special type of dynamic route b.Some of the dynamic routing protocol such as OSPF can generate default routes. c.Default route is used when the destination network is not in the routing table. d.The network IP and mask of the default route is 0.0.0.0 and 0.0.0.0 respectively.

Answers of examinees：cd Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

54.Multiple Choice According to the algorithms, routing protocols fall into two categories. They are ( ) a.IGP b.EGP c.Distance Vector d.Link-state

Answers of examinees：ab Wrong answer Correct answer： cd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the backbone area in OSPF protocol are correct? a.The area ID of the backbone area is 0.0.0.1. b.Each area must be connected to the backbone area. c.Backbone area is responsible for advertising the aggregated routing information

generated by ABR between non-backbone areas. d.ABR connects to different areas and at least one of the connected area is backbone area.

Answers of examinees：bcd Correct answer Correct answer： bcd

1.True or False One of the significant features of the PPP protocol is the authentication function.A PPP connection is established only when the authentication is successful.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

2.True or False When you configure Frame Relay on Quidway routers, you can configure Inverse ARP instead of static address mapping because the function of Inverse ARP is to provide dynamic address mapping.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

3.True or False In broadcast network of OSPF protocol, any two DR Others will neither exchange LSA nor send Hello packet to each other due to the existence of DR.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

4.True or False A Trunk port always sends tagged frames to the peer equipment.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

5.True or False A MAC address has 32 bits, the first 16 bits represent the manufactor.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

6.True or False If the optimal path to the destination IP address is unavailable after a change occurs in a network topology, the dynamic routing protocol can make adaptation to this change and determine another optimal path to the destination IP address.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

7.True or False The fram-relay map information is show as below. The IP address 10.1.1.2 is configured on the local device. [RTA]dis fr map-info Map Statistics for interface Serial0 (DTE) DLCI = 100, IP INARP 10.1.1.2, Serial0 create time = 2007/06/04 17:34:59, status = ACTIVE encapsulation = ietf, vlink = 20, broadcast

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

8.True or False Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is available in the RIPv1, RIPv2, and RIPv3 versions.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

9.True or False In 802.1Q, a four byte field is inserted into the ethernet frame, but only 12 bits is used for VLAN ID?

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

10.True or False RTA connects with RTB through interface Serial0. The configuration on RTA is as follow: [RTA]aaa [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei password cipher hello [RTA-aaa]local-user huawei service-type ppp [RTA]interface Serial 0 [RTA-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTA-Serial0]ppp authentication-mode chap [RTA-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.1 30 The configuration on RTB is as follow:

[RTB]interface Serial 0 [RTB-Serial0]link-protocol ppp [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap user huawei [RTB-Serial0]ppp chap password cipher hello [RTB-Serial0]ip address 10.1.1.2 30 With the configuration above, RTA and RTB are able to communicate with each other.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

11.True or False When network condition changed, a static route can be rectified automatically without reconfiguration by the network administrator .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

12.True or False Root bridges only provide root ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Wrong answer

Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

13.True or False On a port running frame relay,We can apply several logical sub-interface, and in each logical sub-interface, one or more MAP items can exist.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

14.True or False When a trunk port receive an untagged frame , the switch will drop the frame.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

15.True or False If you want to reset the routers configuration. The administrator need to delete the configuration files saved in the storage devices and then rebooting the router.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

16.True or False A hub forwards any signal received from any port to all other ports .

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Wrong answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 0.0

17.True or False In OSPF protocol, most of the packets are sent by using reserved multicast address and unicast. This can reduce the impact on non-OSPF speaking devices.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

18.True or False One router forwards the packets according the routing table on itself without considering the routing table of any neighbor routers.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

19.True or False The ICMP protocol (RFC792) is not applied to Application Layer but Network Layer.

√

×

Answers of examinees：√

Correct answer

Correct answer： √ QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

20.True or False

A static route can be either configured manually by a network administrator or generated automatically.

√

×

Answers of examinees：× Correct answer Correct answer： × QuestionScore:(1.0) Current Score: 1.0

21.Single Which of the following protocols is a Application layer protocol , translates a domain name into an IP address, and manages domain names in a distributed manner? a.TCP b.UDP c.DNS d.HTTP

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

22.Single A switch is based on port-based VLAN IDs. When the switch receives untagged frames, the VLAN ID is determined by ( ). a.BPDU b.PVID c.MAC mapping table d.IP Address

Answers of examinees：d Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

23.Single Which of the following descriptions about VRRP is true? a.Only master processes the data sent to the virtual router b.Only slave processes the data sent to the virtual router c.Both master and slave process the data sent to the virtual router d.By default, only master processes the data sent to the virtual router. However, if slave is enabled, it can also processes the data sent to the virtual router

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

24.Single How many layers are included in OSI reference model? a.3 b.5 c.6 d.7

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer

Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

25.Single Which of the following descriptions about PAP and CHAP is correct? a.PAP authentication requires three-way handshake b.CHAP authentication requires two-way handshake c.PAP authentication uses plain text to send authentication message d.CHAP authentication uses plain text to send authentication message

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

26.Single Each router calculates the shortest path tree based on the LSDB with itself as a ( ) node. a.Root b.leaf c.Specified point d.Backup

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

27.Single

Which of the following is abbreviation of VRP? a.Versatile Routine Platform b.Virtual Routing Platform c.Virtual Routing Plane d.Versatile Routing Platform

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

28.Single In a destination MAC address, which bit of the address determines whether a frame is sent to a “single” station or a group of stations? a.0 b.1 c.8 d.48

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

29.Single Which of the following protocol is required in negotiation to compress the TCP/IP packet header for a PPP link? a.LCP

b.PAP c.IPCP d.CHAP

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

30.Single Which of the following commands is used to enable dynamic address mapping protocol in the interface encapsulated with Frame Relay? a.fr inarp b.fr reverse-arp c.inverse-arp d.reverse-arp

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

31.Single Which of the following OSPF versions is specific to the IPv6 technology? a.OSPFv1 b.OSPFv2 c.OSPFv3 d.OSPFv4

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

32.Single Hub work at ( ) layer. a.Physical b.Data link c.Network d.Application

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

33.Single Which network topology has risk of whole network failure when a link is broken? a.Mesh b.Bus c.Star d.Tree

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer

Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

34.Single Which of the following standards is defined by IEEE to regulate the implementation of VLAN between switches? a.802.1x b.802.1d c.802.1q d.802.3

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

35.Single Which of the following multicast address represents all routers and hosts of the subnet? a.224.0.0.1 b.224.0.0.2 c.224.0.0.3 d.224.0.0.9

Answers of examinees：b Wrong answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

36.Single The distance limit of category 5 UTP wiring is ( ). a.100 meters b.200 meters c.50 meters d.185 meters

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

37.Single Which of the following is the abbreviation for ICMP? a.Internal Control Mail Protocol b.Intranet Control Message Protocol c.internet connection Message Protocol d.Internet Control Message Protocol

Answers of examinees：d Correct answer Correct answer： d QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

38.Single VLAN is short for? a.Virtual local area network

b.Virtual long area network c.Virtual local area networking d.Virtual long area networking

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

39.Single Which of the following is the abbreviation for HTTP? a.Hypertext Transfer Protocol b.Hypertext Translate Protocol c.Hypertest Transmit Protocol d.Hypertext Transmit Protocol

Answers of examinees：a Correct answer Correct answer： a QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

40.Single The subnet mask of the network segment 175.25.8.0/19 is ( ) a.255.255.0.0 b.255.255.224.0 c.255.255.24.0 d.The subnet mask varies according to the class of IP address

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

41.Single How many hosts are available in the network 154.27.0.0 without sub-netting? a.254 b.1024 c.65,534 d.16,777,206

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

42.Single Which of the following firewalls acts as an intermediate node in which it acts as a server for the client and acts as a client for the server? Which of the following firewalls best describes the firewall mentioned above? a.Packet filtering firewall b.Proxy firewall c.Stateful firewall d.Application layer gateway firewall

Answers of examinees：b Correct answer

Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

43.Single STP calculates the overall cost of each path between a non-root bridge and a root bridge. What is a port on the non-root bridge called on the path that has the minimum overall cost? a.Designated port b.Root port c.Common port d.Queue port

Answers of examinees：a Wrong answer Correct answer： b QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 0.0

44.Single How many bits are used to identify the VLAN id of the data frame? a.4 b.32 c.12 d.8

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

45.Single In Ethernet standard, which of the following mechanisms is used to avoid collision when different nodes transmit packets simultaneously? a.CSMA/CA b.CSMA/DA c.CSMA/CD d.CSMA/AC

Answers of examinees：c Correct answer Correct answer： c QuestionScore:(2.0) Current Score: 2.0

46.Multiple Choice Which of the following statements regarding the backbone area in OSPF protocol are correct? a.The area ID of the backbone area is 0.0.0.1. b.Each area must be connected to the backbone area. c.Backbone area is responsible for advertising the aggregated routing information generated by ABR between non-backbone areas. d.ABR connects to different areas and at least one of the connected area is backbone area.

Answers of examinees：bc Wrong answer Correct answer： bcd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

47.Multiple Choice

Which of the following statements regarding RIP are correct? a.RIP is an IGP. b.RIP is an EGP c.RIP is a distance vector routing protocol. d.RIP is a link-state routing protocol.

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

48.Multiple Choice What functions does a router mainly provide? a.Check the destination address in a datagram. b.Determine the information source. c.Discover possible routes. d.Verify and maintain route information.

Answers of examinees：acd Correct answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

49.Multiple Choice Which of the following descriptions are correct about VLAN interface? a.A virtual interface is required to be created for the VLAN if we want to assign an IP address for that VLAN b.Two VLAN interfaces on the same switch can be assigned with the same IP address

c.The VLAN interface number must be the same with VLAN ID d.The VLAN interface can be configured for the non-existed VLAN

Answers of examinees：ac Correct answer Correct answer： ac QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

50.Multiple Choice Which of the following devices have functions of all seven layers of OSI reference model? a.Router b.Email Server c.Layer three switch d.Network management server

Answers of examinees：bd Correct answer Correct answer： bd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

51.Multiple Choice Which of the following protocols can be used for file transfer? a.FTP b.TFTP c.TELNET d.ICMP

Answers of examinees：ab Correct answer Correct answer： ab QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

52.Multiple Choice Which of the following functions does LCP provide? a.Negotiates to establish links. b.Negotiates to use which Layer 3 protocols. c.Disconnects a link when the idle timer of the link expires. d.Tests a link to check the link quality and thus to determine whether a link can be established.

Answers of examinees：ad Wrong answer Correct answer： acd QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

53.Multiple Choice Which of the following devices operate at data link layer? a.Hub b.Bridge c.Switch d.Router e.Firewall

Answers of examinees：abc Wrong answer

Correct answer： bc QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 0.0

54.Multiple Choice Which of the following descriptions about VRRP priority are correct? a.The owner of Virtual IP address always uses 255 as running priority despite of its configured priority b.The owner of Virtual IP address always uses 0 as running priority despite of its configured priority c.A router with VRRP priority 0 will not take part in master election and can permanently act as slave. d.When the master of VRRP stop running VRRP, the router will send a VRRP notification packet whose priority field is 0

Answers of examinees：ad Correct answer Correct answer： ad QuestionScore:(3.0) Current Score: 3.0

55.Multiple Choice Which of the following are the interface states of STP? a.Disabled b.Blocking c.Shut down d.Learning e.Forwarding

Answers of examinees：abde Correct answer

Correct answer： abde

-Ответы на экзамен Ого, сколько тут всего написано

и не забудь о логах отвечая на вопрос меняйте цвет текста! Question 1: By default, the RIP-enabled on a Huawei router can receive broadcast and multicast packets of RIPv2, as well as broadcast packets of RIPv1 false

Question 2: On the command line interface of Huawei AR routers, the role of the Save command is to Save the current system time false

Question 3: An ACL does not filter traffic generated by the Huawei device towards other devices, but only filters forwarded traffic, including traffic generated by other devices to access the Huawei device. true

Правила, действующие на исходящий трафик (out) не будут фильтровать трафик самого устройства. То есть, если нужно запретить самой циске доступ куда-либо, то вам придётся на этом интерфейсе фильтровать входящий трафик (ответный оттуда, куда надо запретить доступ). Question 4: According to the following topology and configuration, R1 and R2 are connected through low-speed serial cables and PPP is used to encapsulate data link layer packets. When the Holdtime values of R1 and R2 are different, PPP negotiation and communication fail.

True The hold timers represents the heartbeat of the PPP dialer connection after PPP LCP negotiation transitions to Opened.

Question 5: According to the topology and configuration show in the figure, an Eth-Trunk link can be set between the two switches on which LSW2 is the Actor

False Question 6: if AAA authentication is used on Huawei devices and the remote server does not respond, the authentication can be performed on network devices TRUE Если было заранее сконфигурированно, однако по умолчанию запрещено.

Question 7: The following figure shows the network topology and OSPF area partition. Routers R2 R3, and R4 are OSPF ABRs but R1 is not

True Question 8: In RSTP, a backup port can replace a faulty root port True Question 9: For project cutover, backup or adjustment of configuration files are not required during VRP upgrade, because lost files can be found in the recycle bin. false Question 10: When an access port receives a data frame in which the VLAN ID is the same as the PVID, the access port strips the VLAN ID from the frame and forwards the frame directly true Question 11: Refer to the graphic. When RIP is used between R1 and R2, R1 cannot learn the routes on 2.0.0.0/8 true

Question 12: On a FR network, the DLCI identifies a virtual circuit on an interface. The DLCI must be unique during planning and deployment. Скорее false

Question 13: SNMP packets are encapsulated in TCP packets true Question 14: Trunk interface can send both tagged and untagged frames. False

Question 15: In the VPR system the login timeout interval must be configured on the VTY interface False idle timeout period on the user interface is set to 10 minutes by default.

Question 16: The broadcast address of the subnet 192.168.1.0/25 is 192.168.1.128 False (Broadcast address 192.168.1.127) Question 17: in RSTP mode, interfaces in the Discarding state discard received data frames but maintain the MAC address table based on received data frames false A port in discarding state can receive only BPDU Question 18: On Huawei switches, VLAN 4095 cannot be created and VLAN 1 cannot be deleted true (max - 4094) Question 19: Refer to the graphic, the static NAT command is executed on R1. When a PC connected to R1 accesses the internet, the destination address in the packets does not change

True

Question 20: On Huawei devices administrators can advertise a subnet in RIPv2 because RIPv2 supports VLSM(Variable Length Subnet Mask). True. На официальном сайте сказано, что RIPv2 имеет поддержку VLSM, в отличии как раз от RIPv1. Пруф:”Different from RIPv1, RIPv2 supports VLSM, CIDR, and authentication, ensuring higher security.” Коротко: VLSM - Маска подсети переменной длины. Как раз когда мы

настраиваем RIP пишем на устройстве что-то вроде network 10.0.0.0, т.е подсеть, которая подключена непосредственно к нашему устройству.

Question 21: In an RIP process on a Huawei device, you can use the preference command to configure the RIP route preference. After executing the command, you can specify routing policies to configure preferences for the routes meeting requirements. True. Мы можем менять приоритет RIP маршрута - да Question 22: The following configuration commands implemented route backup on RTA for a route to the same destination 10.1.1.0 [RTA] ip route-static 10.0.1.0 24 12.1.1.1 permanent [RTA] ip route-static 10.1.1.0 25 13.1.1.1 True Question 23: According to the configuration on R1 shown in the following figure, the two PCs can correctly access the ISP network.

Тру Question 24: In RSTP mode, both alternate and backup ports cannot forward user traffic but can receive, process and send BPDU. true Question 25: In ARP resolves the protocol address of the remote device on each virtual circuit, including IP addresses and IPX addresses True.

Question 26: The principle of VLSM: Based on the classful IP addresses, you can borrow some host ID bits as part of the network bits. When deploying on a router. VLSM needs the routing protocol supports it. True

Question 27: DHCP Offer packet can carry only one DNS server address. False

Question 28: ACLs on AR G3 series routers supports configuration and auto sequences. ACl - списки контроля доступа, ограничивают доступ к хостам/сетям/по протокол. auto sequences - Автоматическое выстраивание очереди True

Question 29: A trunk interface allows frames from multiple VLANs including VLAN 4096 False(не существует VLAN 4096)

Question 30: Refer to the graphic, after the ping 10.1.1.2 command is executed on R1, LSW1 receives a tagged data frame from VLAN on LSW2.

[R1]interface GigabitEthernet0/0/0 [R1-GigabitEthernet0/0/0] ip address 10.1.1.1 255.255.255.0 # [LSW1-GigabitEthernet0/0/1] port hybrid untagged vlan 10 20 [LSW1-GigabitEthernet0/0/1] port hybrid pvid vlan 10 [LSW1-GigabitEthernet0/0/2] port link-type trunk [LSW1-GigabitEthernet0/0/2] port trunk allow-pass vlan 10 20 # [LSW2-GigabitEthernet0/0/2] port link-type trunk [LSW2-GigabitEthernet0/0/2] port trunk allow-pass vlan 10 20 [LSW2] interface vlanif 10 [LSW2-Vlanif10] ip address 10.1.1.2 255.255.255.0 True

Question 31: Which of the following is abbreviation of VRP? Versatile Routing Platform

Question 32: An authenticator router has been configured with two domains named “Area1” and “Area2” , following which a user is created with the username “huawei” and the password “ hello” for authentication. Which domain does this user belongs to? [C].default domain. Question 33: Which of the following standards provide a transmission rate of more than 1Gbps? D.802.11ac. Question 34: What is the default of switch priority when STP is enabled on Huawei switch? D.32768 Question 35: Which of the following authentication method is more secure for PPP? A. CHAP Question 36: UDP is connectionless oriented, which of the following must be used in order to ensure reliability B. Application Layer Protocol Question 37: Refer to the graphic. The routing contains the routes of the RTB. Which advertised route will not be found in the routing table of the neighboring router RTA?

C. The route 10.0.2.0 (Т.к. превышается число возможных хопов в RIP)

Question 38: Which of the following statements is true about ARP: D. ARP is encapsulated in Ethernet packets Question 39: Which of the following is correct regarding the configuration of the trunk port and access port on a switch?

A.Access ports can only send untagged frames Question 40: Refer to the configuration output. The administrator wishes to configure the DHCP server pool in order to assign an IP address to the customer’s terminal device. Which command should be included in the configuration to provide the minimal lease period for IP addresses? [B].lease day 1.

Question 41: The administrator wishes to configure OSPF on a router in the network, however the router has no loopback interface. Which value will be used as the router ID B. The highest IP address of the router’s active interfaces.

Question 42: An ethernet port can work one of three duplex modes, whereas as Optical Ethernet port only supports one single mode. Which of the following represents this mode A. Full-duplex Question 43: Which of the following parameters is not used by Advanced ACL? A. Source interface Question 44: Which command can used to check the PPPoE client session status? D. display pppoe-client session summary Question 45: Which of the following commands is used to display the OSPF neighbor relationship establishment? C. display ospf peer Question 46: Refer to the configuration output. The administrator configured the device using the commands in the configuration output. Regarding these commands, which statement is false

D. The password of a user logged in through console is ‘cipher huawei2012’

Question 47: How many probe packets are sent for each TTL value by default when “tracert” is used to detect the path along which packet is sent from source to destination? A. 3 Question 48:

FTP may be used to upgrade a router’s VRP image. Which of the following transmission modes should be used to achieve this? A. binary mode Question 49: Refer to the graphic. VLANs 10 and 20 have been created on both SWA and SWC. VLAN 10 has been manually created on SWB. SWB has learned VLAN 20 from SWA and SWC via GVRP, allowing the hosts to belong to different VLANs as shown. if port interface G0/0/1 on SWB is changed to fixed mode, what will happen

A. Host A will still be able to communicate with Host C Question 50: Refer to the graphic. The switch is operating using STP. All default parameters have been maintained. Which port will be assigned a designated port role

A.G0/0/1

Question 51: Link aggregation is a common technique is enterprise network. Which of the following description is the advantages of link aggregation?

A.improves link bandwidth B.implements load sharing C.improves network reliability

Question 52: The PPPoE session establishment process can be divided into which stages? A. Discovery stage C. PPPoE Session stage Question 53: Which of the following content can an advanced ACL on a Huawei device filter?

A, C, D Question 54: Which of the following WLAN standards support operation in the 5GHz range? A.802.11a D.802.11n

Question 55: With what kind of routers does a DRother router exchange link state information and route information A. DR B. BDR

Question 56: Which of the following statements are incorrect?

А, С, D Question 57: What functions does a Hello packet of OSPF implement? A. Neighbor discovery C. Maintaining of neighbor relationships

Question 58: Which of the following statements regarding Designated Routers in OSPF are correct A. DR is elected by all the routers in the same network segment.

C. If the priorities of two routers are equal, the router with the higher Router ID will be elected as DR. D. DR and BDR must be adjacent.

Question 59: if the network mask is 255.255.240.0, which of the following are valid network address?

[B]. 150.150.0.8 [C]. 150.150.8.0 Question 60: Refer to the graphic. What will happen in this figure if the STP protocol is disabled on both switches?

BCD